512 results found

Manufacturing marketing: 9 guiding principles [2026 update]

This previously published article was updated on Aug. 28, 2026.

It’s time for the role of marketing for manufacturers to change.

And my goal for this in-depth article is to empower you to be that agent inside of your company.

I originally wrote this in August 2023. And boy has a lot happened since then. So I went through and did a complete overhaul of the article — integrating new insight, new strategies and new ways for manufacturers to win in 2026 and beyond.

I’ll start by providing some context before diving deep into the following nine manufacturing marketing principles to understand, embrace and put into motion this year:

  1. Recognize the power shift from seller to buyer
  2. Understand who makes up the buying committee
  3. Create value to earn attention and trust
  4. Turn the knowledge of your experts into assets
  5. Capture demand where it already exists
  6. Create demand among the rest of your audience
  7. Communicate regularly with your sales team
  8. Measure results (but exercise patience)
  9. Use AI to compound what your company knows about what works in marketing

The core principles of what makes good marketing haven’t really changed since we first published this page. What’s changed is the world they operate in. So along the way, I’ll show you where AI-assisted buying now touches each one, and where the best practices of 2023 quietly became table stakes in 2026.

Shifting the mindset from expense to revenue engine

If I’ve learned anything from more than a decade as a manufacturing marketing consultant, it’s this:

Manufacturers are traditionally not marketing-driven companies.

Largely, what you have instead are hard-working second-, third- or even fourth-generation family-owned businesses who have built their success on the backs of loyal, repeat customers and referrals.

And the manufacturers who have developed more active business development functions have tended to lean sales-heavy (rather than marketing-heavy).

In fact, when the word “marketing” is spoken inside the walls of many OEMs, custom manufacturers or contract manufacturers, it’s often in the context of an expense.

You know — necessary evils like:

  • Making the trade show booth look snazzy
  • Designing printed materials for the sales team to leave behind after meetings
  • Updating the website with new features and benefits
  • Adding new SKUs to the product catalog
  • Posting photos from the company picnic (or of Suzie’s cute new puppy) on LinkedIn

Meanwhile, in places like the B2B technology sector, you have marketing-driven organizations that treat marketing programs as the revenue engine of the company: funded, staffed and measured like marketing is the key revenue engine of the company (which it is).

There’s a big gap here

I have a unique look at manufacturing marketing. I consult with manufacturing marketers every week as co-founder of Gorilla 76, an agency that almost exclusively works with manufacturers and industrial companies. I also speak with manufacturing leaders (CEOs, vice presidents, directors) as host of The Manufacturing Executive podcast (300+ episodes and going strong!).

And from where I’m sitting, I see a big gap in how manufacturers look at marketing — and how they need to look at it to turn it into the revenue engine it could be for their business.

When manufacturers reach out to us, the first ask is almost always a tactic. Across 32 recent sales conversations I analyzed, the opening request was usually one of three things:

  1. “How do we show up in AI search?” (or: “How do we become the company ChatGPT recommends?”)
  2. “We need a better website!” Often paired with traditional SEO fixes to show up in Google.
  3. “We need more leads!” Through inbound, paid search or LinkedIn.

Some digging usually reveals that the tactic they’re naming isn’t the real problem. The real problem is that marketing, as it’s currently structured in their business, isn’t moving the needle in the ways that are important to them.

To some, that might mean driving direct revenue growth. To others, that might mean enabling their distributors with a clear sales story and positioning so they can sell their products more effectively. And yet to others, it’s about strengthening their brand and building credibility through thought leadership and strong storytelling.

And the root issues of why they can’t achieve those outcomes often come down to fuzzy positioning, no defined ideal customer, no education for the market, thin proof or no connected path from a stranger’s first website visit to a qualified opportunity for sales. And overall, the lack of a cohesive strategy to get them from where they’re at, to where they need to be — and how they’ll gauge success along the way.

Marketing works for manufacturers when it operates as a connected system that turns the right prospects into buyers. It stalls when it’s bought as a pile of disconnected tactics.

The first eight principles below represent the mental model I’ve developed for how to close the gap between what manufacturers think they need (tactics) and what they actually need (a connected system that generates results) after more than a decade of work in the trenches transforming marketing for this industry.

The ninth principle is newer. It’s how we at Gorilla 76 think AI empowers manufacturers to squeeze more value out of every single piece of work your marketing team does. This principle will break down what’s possible today that simply wasn’t back when I first wrote this guide in 2023.

Ready? Let’s get into it.

1. Recognize the power shift from seller to buyer

Transport yourself back in time 20-some years.

You’d probably be sitting in front of a big clunky off-white computer monitor, waiting on your AOL dial-up connection to lock in before you could Yahoo whatever you were looking for.

Now come back to the present day. So much has changed, and so fast.

Think about how easy it is to collect information about anything now. Whether you’re starting the search for a new car, deciding which Yeti cooler you want to spend your entire next paycheck on or simply looking for a list of birthday present ideas for your mom, the buying power is in your hands. Not the seller’s.

You even have a personal AI concierge to walk you through all major decisions!

So, what’s that mean for you as a manufacturing organization?

  • Your prospects are actively looking for answers to their questions using traditional Google search and AI chatbots.
  • They’re receiving completely personalized recommendations to their very specific questions, problems and concerns from an AI agent they’ve fine-tuned to their exact preferences.
  • They receive a shortlist of company and/or product names that meet their exact requirements.
  • They’re then comparing their options by asking extremely specific follow-up questions directly in AI search.
  • They’re able to price out potential solutions (before they’ve ever spoken with a salesperson).
  • They’ve decided exactly which product or service meets their exact needs, and gotten buy-in from the purchasing committee based on detailed research and pro/con lists.
  • Then, they’re revealing themselves to your sales team — just to go through the formalities of buying the dang thing.

One manufacturing leader walked us through exactly how they buy:

  1. Ask the AI tool for a list of options
  2. Contact the companies on the list.

How a buyer found you: 2016 vs. 2026

2016

Googles the problemBrowses pages of resultsCompares vendorsCalls a shortlist they built

2026

Asks an AI toolReads the shortlist it builtCalls whoever’s on that list

Ask a question, get a recommendation, make the calls. No trade directory, no page-by-page Google crawl, and no awareness of the excellent supplier that never showed up in the answer.

The stakes are real:

If your company isn’t on the list generated by AI, you won’t get the call. Do not pass go, do not collect $200.

That’s the 2026 version of the buyer-seller power dynamic that’s been shifting for two decades. The buying power sits with the buyer now, and every new research tool hands them a little more of it.

So while a majority of manufacturers are busy tasking their marketing managers with print brochures and product catalogs, the smart ones are out in the digital world answering questions, comparing methodologies, teaching about timeline to ROI and total cost of ownership — and sharing success stories that make it all tangible. And doing all of that in a format that AI can retrieve when your buyers are asking very specific questions to ChatGPT, Claude, Perplexity or Gemini.

The smartest ones are recognizing something harder to swallow. Reputation, repeat business and referrals won’t cut it anymore. At least not on their own.

They’re adapting to how buyers buy right now, and meeting those future customers where they are, including inside the AI answers those buyers increasingly trust.

2. Understand who makes up the buying committee

I say this often:

If your first touch is with procurement, you’re already too late.

Reaching the buying process influencers

Machine operatorsWelders

Maintenance and plant managersAutomation, advanced manufacturing and design engineers

COOs and CFOsCEOs and presidents

Procurement

Build trust and advocacy all along this timeline.

The daily usersmachine operators · welders

They care about: Will this actually work on our floor? Will it make my day harder or easier?

Give them: practical content — how-it-works explainers, tutorials, spec answers.

The problem solversmaintenance and plant managers · automation, advanced manufacturing and design engineers

They care about: solving the underlying problem — risk, downtime, integration, total cost of ownership.

Give them: educational depth — methodology comparisons, case studies, honest tradeoffs.

The check writersCOOs and CFOs · CEOs and presidents

They care about: return, risk and whether the committee below them is convinced.

Give them: proof — results with real numbers, timelines, references.

Look all the way to the left in this graphic.

These people are physically using your product day in and day out.

Look in the middle.

These people are trying to solve problems on the plant floor, with your customers and throughout your organization.

Look to the right.

These people are ultimately writing the checks (but only after those to the left of them have weighed in).

If you can learn what matters to each of these key buying process influencers and earn their attention and trust by helping and guiding them, they’ll be your advocates when the buying process eventually does move into procurement’s hands.

But if you only focus on the far right, you’ll brand your company as an interchangeable commodity and find yourself in a race to the bottom on price time and time again.

One more 2026 wrinkle worth naming: It’s usually the early-stage influencers (the engineers and problem solvers) who are first to ask an AI tool for answers. You need to show up on the shortlist when they are asking how to solve a problem, the best replacement to an aging piece of equipment or when they’re looking for an alternative to a service provider who has dropped the ball.

3. Create value to earn attention and trust

Next, let’s talk about what it means to create value for your audience through your marketing.

Look back at the buying committee we just mapped. We could do one of two things in our communications with them:

  1. Try to sell them stuff
  2. Earn their attention and trust by being their best resource

Don’t get me wrong. Number one is the end goal!

And we need to get your sales team to that place. But right now we’re talking about marketing for manufacturing companies. And marketing is not the same thing as sales.

Think for a moment about those early-stage influencers in the buying process (often engineers or other technical professionals).

Then ask these questions:

  1. What challenges are they facing that your experts know how to solve?
  2. What questions are they trying to get answered?
  3. What do they need to know to advance the buying process?

All of this should form the foundation of your content strategy.

The best sales professionals connect with the pains and desired future states of their prospects. The same goes for marketing.

If you talk all about yourself first, no one listens.

But if you talk about what your prospects care about, genuinely help them and demonstrate thought leadership along the way, you’ll then earn the right to talk about yourself.

There are many ways to deliver that help:

  • Written blog content (educational in nature)
  • Videos of your experts talking about key topics
  • Webinars where you’re actively teaching and answering prospects’ questions live
  • Audio content (a podcast of your own, or guesting on industry podcasts)

Choose channels based on the resources and skill sets at your disposal, plus what you know about how your audience prefers to consume information.

AI has made it easier than ever to publish a high volume of slop — and the companies that are winning right now ask themselves one question before they hit “publish”:

Could a generic AI tool have written this without your company’s experience and POV?

If the answer is yes, don’t put it out in the world. Your buyers can get that answer straight from a chatbot, and the chatbots themselves have no reason to cite your piece over the rest of the garbage out on the internet.

What earns attention now is the thing only your team could have written:

  • The failure you diagnosed last month
  • The spec tradeoff your engineers argue about
  • The original research you conducted yourself from the data only your company has

You can point an AI tool at the transcripts of your actual sales calls and ask:

  • What questions came up more than once this quarter?
  • Which objections stalled deals?
  • What words do buyers use for the problem we solve?

We do this with our own sales calls. The three most common opening requests I listed at the top of this article aren’t a hunch. They came out of a review of the last six months of recorded sales conversations. The buyer questions in this article’s FAQ also came from real customer questions.

Your equivalent is sitting in your call recordings right now, and it answers the two questions every content strategy stumbles on: what to improve in the content you already have, and what new content to make first.

Go deeper: We run a recurring live session for manufacturing marketers on exactly this kind of work. Watch IMC Live: Getting customer research right — or browse the full Industrial Marketing Live playlist.

4. Turn the knowledge of your experts into assets

The best content comes from the brains of your company’s subject matter experts.

We’ve already identified the challenges, common questions and desired future states of your prospects, and the tactical forms your content can take. So how do you actually create those assets?

After all, when’s the last time you met an engineer who’s gung-ho about spending a full day writing a 1,000-word blog post?

From my perspective, the job of a marketer in the content creation process is to be the facilitator — to extract their knowledge through an interview they didn’t have to prepare for. Here’s how we get it done with our own clients.

Written content

We’ll identify the SME (subject matter expert) in our client’s organization, then book a 30-minute interview to extract that person’s key insights around the topic.

Ahead of the interview we do the prep work, so we’re asking the right questions instead of starting from ground zero. Afterward, we’ll research to clarify points, follow up with the SME where needed and send a draft for our client to review.

Notice where the insights come from: the brain of the SME. That’s what matters.

The 2026 upgrade is what happens before that interview. We now have AI scan everything that already exists — past interviews with that expert, sales-call transcripts, published content, what’s already ranking and getting cited on the topic — and answer every question it can from the record.

The 30 minutes with the engineer get spent only on what research can’t answer: their judgment, their war stories, the tradeoffs only they know.

Less of your expert’s time, more of their expertise on the page.

Go deeper: We run a recurring live session for manufacturing marketers on exactly this kind of work. Watch IML: Knowledge Extraction — Getting the most out of your Subject Matter Expert interviews from our Industrial Marketing Live series.

Video content

Like with written content, we prep an outline by doing the upfront legwork. Then we set up a camera, lights and audio on site. Because this is a bigger production, we always batch content creation. The goal is to record a variety of content from a variety of SMEs that can be used for months and remain evergreen. The final product is the SME on camera, teaching.

Here’s the part that’s new since this page was first written: named human expertise now does double duty.

Buyers have always trusted a named engineer over an anonymous brand. Now the AI tools assembling supplier shortlists lean the same way — the pages that get retrieved and quoted tend to carry a named author, first-hand specifics and visible evidence that a real practitioner stands behind the claims. Your SMEs are the one marketing asset a competitor can’t copy and an AI can’t compose. Put their names on the work.

5. Capture demand where it already exists

A majority of your total addressable market is not in buying mode at this exact moment in time.

Let that sink in for a moment.

If there are 1,000 companies that could conceivably be your customers, maybe 10 to 25 are actively looking for a solution today (or let’s say this week). That number likely climbs the closer your product approaches commodity status. Conversely, that number likely shrinks the more specialized, complex and bigger-ticket your product is.

Your market, right now

10–25 companies actively buying this week975+ that fit your ideal customer profile — and will buy later

Regardless, when those active buyers are looking for a solution, they go to places like:

  • Search — traditional Google and AI chatbots like ChatGPT, Perplexity, Gemini, Claude and Copilot
  • Their network
  • Industry resources or organizations

We may not know exactly which organizations are buying right now, but we want to make sure they know you.

We call this “capturing existing demand.”

Winning in search — both traditional Google search and AI chatbots. Buckle in for the acronyms. SEO, GEO, AEO, LLMO — whatever you want to call it (and we break down all of these terms here), the goal is the same:

Buyers are asking about things you sell in Google and AI search (ChatGPT, Claude, Perplexity and more), and you want to get recommended.

Treat these as one discipline; under the hood they mostly are. Here’s how the two are similar:

  • Both reward the same foundation. Genuinely useful content, clear site structure and credible sources pointing at you.
  • Both read the same pages. AI chatbots lean heavily on search indexes and on what your site actually says in plain text.
  • Both punish inconsistency. On one audit we ran, an electrical-equipment manufacturer stated one capacity rating on its homepage and a different one deeper in the site. An engine reading those pages just sees a company that contradicts itself, and has less confidence passing either number off to the searcher.

And here’s what’s different:

  • The questions got longer. Nobody types “custom gearbox supplier Ohio tolerances lead time” into Google. But a buyer will absolutely ask ChatGPT: “Which suppliers can build a custom gearbox to these tolerances, ship inside six weeks and support installation in the Midwest?” AI search unlocked questions buyers could never ask a keyword box — which means your content can now win on specifics that never had a search volume.
  • The answer is a synthesis, not a list. Traditional Google search hands back 10 blue links and lets the buyer judge and click around to do their own research. AI chatbots compose one answer, often recommending a short list of companies. Positioning clarity stops being a brand nicety and becomes retrieval infrastructure: if your own site can’t state plainly who you’re for, what you do best and what proves it, the engine can’t either — so it names someone whose site can.
  • Results vary by engine, so measure before you assume. That same equipment manufacturer was the top recommendation on ChatGPT, Claude and Perplexity for its most profitable category — and nearly invisible on Gemini for the identical question. There is nearly infinite variance in answers between AI tools and sessions (we explain why there’s so much variability in AI search, and what to do about it, here).

But for all of the differences between traditional Google search and AI chatbots, the same type of work makes a meaningful difference in both places.

Companies that have already spent years generating genuinely helpful content that answers real buyer questions will, generally speaking, perform decently well in AI search.

We audited a specialty materials manufacturer that has worked hard to rank for key terms on Google, and now gets consistently recommended by AI tools for its niche applications — because its handful of genuinely good, spec-dense technical pages are exactly what an engine wants to quote.

What’s changed since I last updated this article is how people search — and how search engines (including Google) present results. A growing share of searches now end without a click on any website. Google increasingly answers the question right on the results page, and its AI Overviews answer more of them every quarter.

Ranking well still matters. Being quotable enough that the answer engines lift your explanation and recommend your product/service matters more.

For a full breakdown on how to win in AI search, read this.

Paid search buys you time — and it now includes AI platforms. The complement to organic — and in many cases, a faster path to direct sales — is paid. With Google Ads, you’re essentially paying for website traffic by selecting and bidding on keywords.

It’s very easy to waste money on pay-per-click (PPC). The most strategic advice I can offer is to focus your PPC spend on high-intent keywords. For Gorilla, we’d rather bid on “industrial marketing agency” than “industrial marketing strategy.” Those searching for an agency are exhibiting buying intent; those searching for strategy are probably trying to learn. We love both visitors, but we’d rather earn the learners’ attention organically.

And before you spend a dollar, mine the cheapest strategy document you own: your own campaign history.

Here’s how we drove cost per lead from $682 to $214 for an industrial startup:

  1. We exported every paid-search lead they’d ever generated.
  2. We discovered that, although they’d been bidding on — and paying for — hundreds of keywords, only a handful had ever produced a meaningful lead.
  3. Then we turned off every keyword that had never generated a lead, and rebuilt the entire campaign around the nine keywords that had led to real qualified leads.
  4. We put effort into creating a seamless experience for those nine remaining keywords: message-matched ads and landing pages (message-matched = the ad and page actually contain the keyword), along with clearer positioning and storytelling.

One quarter into that rebuilt program, right-fit inbound sales requests were up 195.83%. Deliberately imperfect campaigns, launched fast, built to get smarter every day they ran. That beat waiting for perfect.

The newest entrant is advertising inside ChatGPT itself. We started testing ChatGPT ads on our own account in May 2026, within days of the platform opening up, so these lessons are first-hand:

  • The platform is young and moody. Settings change without notice, minimum budgets moved mid-test (now $25 a day), and campaigns occasionally pause themselves. Budget pacing on lifetime campaigns is aggressive. Go in expecting beta behavior.
  • Targeting is prompt-based, not keyword-based. You describe who you’re for and what you do — we fed ours from our positioning docs and ideal-client profile — and the platform decides which conversations your ad fits. Clear positioning literally becomes your targeting.
  • The conversions objective won our test across CTR, cost per click and CPM (our conversions campaign ran a 1.23% CTR at about $2.45 a click), even though conversion volume itself was too small to judge. Reach was cheap on impressions but weak on clicks.
  • Creative real estate is tiny. A clean logo outperformed conventional ad creative for us.
  • Reporting is thin. No job titles, no company names, no sub-national geography yet. Treat it as awareness spend with click efficiency, not a lead machine — at roughly $750 a month minimum, it’s a test worth running if your buyers live in these tools.
Go deeper: Watch IMC Live: Paid Search in the age of AI from our Industrial Marketing Live series.

6. Create demand among the rest of your audience

Now let’s come back to our hypothetical total addressable market of 1,000 customers that we described at the beginning of the last section. If 10 to 25 of those 1,000 might be active buyers at this moment in time, that means 975 to 990 companies that fit your ideal customer profile.

These organizations are not in buying mode right now.

Many of them will be in a week or a month or a year.

But right now, they’re not.

So how do you think a “Buy Now” message resonates with that vast majority of your audience?

It doesn’t.

They’re ignoring you. Or worse, they’re writing you off because you’ve done nothing but blast unwelcome sales messaging in their ears for weeks or months or years.

Most manufacturers (and frankly, most companies in general) fail to acknowledge that just because someone in your audience isn’t buying right now doesn’t mean they’re a “bad” prospect or lead.

So let’s bring this back around to the concepts we’ve already talked about:

  • Knowing who the buying process influencers are
  • Understanding what matters to them
  • Creating amazing content that will earn their trust and attention

Now it’s time to go actively distribute this content to them to assure that the messaging is actually consumed by the right people from the right companies.

This strategy is called demand generation.

Most manufacturing organizations don’t have the luxury of sitting back and waiting for future customers to show up at their doorsteps.

They need to proactively get out into the world, build personal connections and earn trust. Read: GENERATE demand.

For most, these are sales activities.

But marketing has a major role to play here as well.

Content distribution can take on many forms. Here are a few worth noting:

  • Paid social. Target people with specific job titles at specific types of companies in specific regions, and tell LinkedIn: Show this article to these people; after they’ve seen it, show them this related video; then show them the case study that puts it all in context.
  • Email. Stop treating email as the channel for announcing you’ll be at booth 33 next week. Treat it as the medium for distributing the genuinely helpful resources you’re creating.
  • YouTube. Turn your channel into a library of tutorials and resources around your expertise.
  • Guest podcasting. Have your SMEs appear on niche industry podcasts to teach the same topics you’re writing about and filming. There’s a second payoff here: every credible show that names your company and your experts adds to the public record AI tools read when they decide who belongs in an answer. A mention on someone else’s trusted platform is worth more to the machines than another page on your own.
  • Trade shows and events. Still where much of this industry builds relationships face to face. The shift worth making: Treat the show as a content engine, not just a booth. The questions you field there are next quarter’s articles, and the talk your SME gives is next quarter’s video series.

And bring back PR. I mean that seriously. Public relations spent a decade as the forgotten line item in industrial marketing budgets, and it’s suddenly one of the highest-leverage things you can do — because both people and AI engines weight what other credible sources say about you far above what you say about yourself.

The old PR playbook pays off big in the age of AI:

  • Do genuinely newsworthy things. Original research is the most repeatable version: publish a real number nobody else has (a benchmark, a survey of your buyers, data from your own operations) and you become the source other publications — and the engines reading them — have to cite.
  • Put your experts where journalists look. One of our clients’ subject-matter experts was quoted once in a national business publication. Within weeks, three other publications reached out to the same person — AI-curated search had started surfacing him as the credible, neutral voice on his topic. One well-placed quote became a compounding asset.
  • Show up organically where your buyers already spend attention. Consistent, useful LinkedIn presence from your named experts; guest spots on the shows your buyers trust. People discover you through people they already follow — and the engines watch the same trail.

Every article, video, podcast appearance and industry mention you put into the world is also part of the record AI tools read when they decide which companies belong in an answer. The company that’s been teaching in public for three years has left exactly the footprint those tools look for. The company that refuses to publish specifics (pricing, specs, etc.) online and saves everything for the sales deck is invisible twice: to the buyers and to the machines they ask.

Capture demand among those who are buying. Generate demand among those who aren’t yet. When they enter a buy cycle, you’re the first one they call.

7. Communicate regularly with your sales team

This one may sound like a no-brainer, but I’ve looked inside dozens of manufacturing organizations over the past decade, and very few have created any meaningful alignment between their marketing and sales personnel.

The core of the problem is where this article started: Manufacturers are traditionally not marketing-driven companies. If a manufacturer’s sales team has always viewed marketing as the folks who make brochures and post on Facebook, what motivation do they have to spend hours of their week with the marketing people?

So if you’re on board with the principles laid out so far, it’s time to get sales on the bus too. Start by shifting the dialogue from tactical to strategic:

  • What are the new sales targets for this year (or quarter)?
  • Where do the biggest growth opportunities lie?
  • Where can the company be most profitable?
  • What does the current sales pipeline look like?
  • Where are future customers getting stuck?
  • How are they tracking deals in the CRM?

As these conversations become productive, make them recurring. Set an agenda, learn from each other, develop strategies together.

And mine the calls. Your sales team hears the market’s real questions every single day — the objections, the confusions, the exact words buyers use. That’s your content engine’s fuel. The questions and quotes threaded through this very article came from our own sales calls; yours are sitting in your CRM and your reps’ heads right now.

Think about what’s actually sitting in that archive. The 100+sales calls your team had in the last six months with real, qualified buyers contain every question that stalled a deal, every objection that came up three times, every phrase buyers use for the problem you solve. In the old world, that insight died in reps’ memories and CRM notes nobody reread. What AI changes is retrieval: transcribe the calls, keep them in one place and the archive becomes something you can interrogate. Ask it which questions recur. Ask it what language buyers use for a capability you’re about to launch a page on. Ask it which objection your content has never once answered.

That’s the difference between guessing what the market wants to hear and knowing.

8. Measure results (but exercise patience)

Here’s the harsh reality:

You don’t grow an effective marketing program from the ground up overnight. In fact, the number one ingredient missing from most manufacturing marketing programs is this:

Patience.

Ultimately, marketing success should be measured on contribution to pipeline. But remember: A majority of your total addressable market isn’t actively buying at this moment. There will be low-hanging fruit, and you should go get it (see Principle 5).

But throwing 100% of your marketing resources at next quarter’s revenue will fail for most companies.

Effective marketing for manufacturers is a process: incrementally generating awareness, building trust through real thought leadership, capturing demand where it exists while building it where it doesn’t and analyzing your KPIs to improve continuously.

Here’s what to watch, and what each measure actually tells you:

What to measure, and what it tells you

What to measure What it tells you Where to read it
Contribution to sales pipeline The endpoint: is marketing producing qualified opportunities? CRM, tracked from first touch
Organic search rankings and impressions Are you becoming findable for the questions that matter? Google Search Console
Website traffic growth and engagement Is the audience growing, and is the content holding attention? Google Analytics 4; Microsoft Clarity for how visitors actually behave on the page
Form submissions and RFQs Is interest converting into conversations? CRM + website forms
Content consumption (video views, time on page) Is the education actually being consumed? GA4, YouTube, LinkedIn analytics
Presence in AI answers When a buyer asks an AI tool your buyers’ questions, do you appear? Prompt tracking — manually or with a tool like Peec AI; Search Console’s AI-features reporting
Leads who say they found you through AI The ground truth the dashboards can’t see The “How did you hear about us?” field

Early numbers like traffic, visibility and rankings are often dismissed as “vanity metrics,” and as endpoints they are. As barometers, they’re how you confirm you’re moving in the right direction while pipeline catches up.

How to measure AI search visibility specifically. Rankings don’t exist in AI answers in the same firm way they did in traditional Google searches, so build the manufacturer’s equivalent: a fixed set of real buyer questions, asked the same way on a schedule. Write down 10 to 20 questions your actual buyers ask (pull them from the sales calls in Principle 7 — never from a keyword tool alone), then run them monthly across the tools your buyers use like ChatGPT, Perplexity, Gemini, Claude, Google’s AI Overviews. For each, record two separate things: were you named in the answer, and was your site cited as a source? Expect variance between platforms and between runs — that’s normal, and it’s why the trend matters more than any single answer. The North Star stays, of course, is having qualified leads tell you an AI is how they heard about you. We cover the full measurement setup in our AI search guide and in this post about how to get your company recommended by ChatGPT.

We also use purpose-built tools (like Peec AI and others) to gain a more comprehensive understanding of your visibility across dozens of prompts run every single day. But running prompts yourself on your own device is a great starting point, and costs nothing.

And one small, concrete move to make this week: Add “How did you hear about us?” as a free-text field on your contact form. When someone mentions they heard about you through an AI chatbot, have your sales team ask what specifically they searched. Keep a list of those questions, and then use that as a map for which content to prioritize updating and creating.

How long does this actually take?

Honest answer: Expect leading indicators before revenue, and expect quarters, not weeks.

And when it compounds, it looks like this:

  • Davron, an industrial oven manufacturer, built this kind of system with us and attributed $9 million in sales pipeline to it.
  • The Korte Company, a design-build construction firm, grew monthly contact generation 650% in two years after rebuilding around education-first marketing.

Those results took sustained investment over years, and both companies’ programs started with the same principles you just read.

Without patience, companies stay trapped in what I’ve long called the endless hamster wheel of marketing mediocrity.

9. Use AI to compound what your company knows about what works in marketing

There are two ways to think about AI:

  1. Use it to do everything as quickly as possible. Content published from a single prompt. The same spam email sent to everyone on your list.
  2. Use it to do more powerful, more ambitious stuff than was ever possible before.

We think No. 1 is the wrong way to think about AI. More blog posts, faster, cheaper. That’s a race to produce the exact content Principle 3 told you earns nothing — the stuff a generic tool could have written, that buyers skim past and engines never cite. If your AI strategy is “same marketing, less effort,” you’re going nowhere — you’re just doing it at a faster clip than before.

We’re much more interested in No. 2 — and we’ve been working hard at building systems that allow us to tackle bigger problems, at a greater scale, than was possible before.

Specifically, we’re building a system that draws from a database of everything we know about a company (from positioning workshops to strategy calls to interviews with engineers, past campaign performance, spec sheets and more) into every recommendation we give, and every bit of content we make on behalf of a client.

We built this for ourselves before we built it for any of our clients. We loaded transcripts from 61 sales calls, five-plus years of published content and LinkedIn posts, and hundreds of podcast episodes into a single knowledge base our AI tools can query. Now, when we plan content, we don’t ask “what should we write about?”

We ask the system:

  • Which questions came up on the most calls this year?
  • What did real buyers say, in their words?
  • What have our experts already answered on a podcast that never made it to the website?

We’re building the same thing for clients: every sales conversation transcribed and captured, technical docs and specs loaded in, conference talks and past interviews included.

Ask a generic AI to write about your product and you get confident garbage. Ask a system grounded in ten years of your experts’ actual conversations, and the first draft starts from what your company knows — with your marketer steering, fact-checking and asking the follow-ups.

Then close the loop. This is the part that turns a content operation into a compounding asset, and it’s where I’ll borrow an idea from the advertising world: ad titan Rory Sutherland has long argued that you can’t reliably predict which marketing move will work, so the winning strategy is to increase your exposure to luck — run more small, cheap, real tests than your competitors can.

Our AI system allows us to bring the performance data from every bet into every future set of recommendations, so we focus more of our energy on the stuff that’s working and let failed bets die.

Basically, we’ve built a self-improving loop that leverages a company’s total context:

Four steps, on a loop — every trip around makes the next one sharper

Fed by the qualitative record: sales-call transcripts · expert interviews · customer conversations · trade-show questions · “How did you hear about us?” answers — the signal already inside your company.

1RecommendThe next move, grounded in what the record says buyers ask — and what past bets returned.
2DoShip it fast. A real test in the market beats a perfect plan on a whiteboard.
3MeasureDid this tactic perform the way we had anticipated? If yes, why — and how do we double down? If not, why?
4SharpenWins and losses go back into the knowledge base, helping us do more of what is working and less of what isn’t.
Back to step 1sharper each time

Most marketing programs run the first three steps and let the fourth evaporate — the learnings live in a slide deck nobody reopens, and next year’s plan starts from scratch. A well-built AI system lets your marketing develop a memory. That’s the system we now run at Gorilla 76 — every recommendation we make is built on the back of every past bet’s recorded performance, the ones that worked and the ones that didn’t.

The honest boundary. None of this replaces the first eight principles. A learning system pointed at fuzzy positioning learns faster that your positioning is fuzzy. AI is an accelerant: pour it on a real fire — clear positioning, genuine expertise, a connected path to pipeline — and it compounds. Pour it on a pile of disconnected tactics and you just get faster, cheaper versions of what wasn’t working.

In an AI-search world, the companies that learn fastest about their buyers beat the ones that simply publish the most.

Frequently asked questions

What is the role of marketing in a manufacturing company?

Marketing’s role is to build a system that finds the right future customers, educates them until they trust you and hands sales conversations that are already halfway won. At most manufacturers it has historically been treated as a support expense: brochures, trade show booths, website updates. The manufacturers outgrowing their competitors treat it as a revenue function with its own pipeline contribution target.

How much should a manufacturer spend on marketing?

It depends on your situation, but a good rule of thumb is to reinvest three to five percent of sales into growing your company through effective marketing. That percentage might scale up depending on how lofty your growth goals are.

How long does manufacturing marketing take to work?

Leading indicators (rankings, traffic, engagement, early conversations) typically move within the first two to three quarters. Pipeline contribution follows as trust and awareness compound. Anyone promising meaningful pipeline in 90 days is describing paid lead generation, not a marketing system — and usually one that stops the day the spend stops.

Should we hire a marketing agency, build in-house or both?

It depends on what you’re solving for, and the honest answer is sometimes “don’t hire us.” A capable in-house marketer wins on proximity to your experts and your customers; a specialized agency wins on pattern recognition across dozens of similar companies and on skills you’d struggle to hire for one seat. The most common working model we see succeed: a strong internal owner who knows the company, paired with outside specialists for strategy and execution capacity. If you can’t yet articulate your positioning and ideal customer, fix that first (with whoever helps you do it) before buying any tactical capacity anywhere.

How do we show up when buyers ask ChatGPT or other AI tools for supplier recommendations?

Be the company whose pages the AI can read, trust and quote: Answer real buyer questions directly, publish proof with names and numbers, keep data in text and tables rather than images and PDFs and build a consistent footprint of expertise across the web. It’s the same trust-building this whole page describes, made machine-readable. Our guide to AI search for manufacturers covers the specifics step by step.

Is SEO still worth it for manufacturers?

Yes. Buyers still search Google in volume, and the demand data on our own site confirms it every month. What’s changed is that ranking is no longer the whole game: The same qualities that earn rankings (genuinely useful content, credible proof, clean structure) are also what earn citations in AI answers. Build the page once, win on both surfaces.

Need some help?

I recognize this was a lot to digest. But hopefully it has you thinking differently already.

If you could use some advice about where to get started, consider requesting a consultation, and we can talk strategy. We’ll tell you honestly what we see — including if what you need first isn’t us.

The 7 core elements of an industrial marketing strategy [2026 update]

This previously published article was updated on

Most of your future customers will decide whether to contact you before you ever know they exist. They’ll research on their own, compare you against competitors you never hear about and increasingly, they’ll ask ChatGPT or another AI tool who to trust. In Forrester’s 2025 buyer research, 94% of business buyers said they use AI somewhere in their purchase process.

The way buyers find you has changed. What it takes to win them hasn’t.

A strong industrial marketing strategy is still built on seven core elements: positioning, website, content strategy, lead generation, pipeline management, measurement and reputation. Get those right, in roughly that order, and you build a system that produces qualified opportunities whether your buyer starts with a Google search, a ChatGPT question or a referral from a friend.

We first published this framework years ago, after looking hard at what our most successful manufacturing clients had in common. The framework has held up. The world around it hasn’t stood still. So this is the fully updated 2026 version — same seven-element structure, rewritten for how industrial buyers actually research and buy today.

By the end, you’ll have:

  • A clear picture of all seven elements and how they fit together
  • The specific things that changed since you last thought about this (AI search being the big one)
  • Honest expectations about timelines, budgets and what doesn’t work
The 7 core elements of an industrial marketing strategy Diagram: the seven core elements of an industrial marketing strategy. The 7 core elements of an industrial marketing strategy 1 Positioning 2 Website 3 Content strategy 4 Lead generation 5 Pipeline management 6 Measurement 7 Reputation

Core Element #1/7: Positioning

Positioning comes first because everything else depends on it. We define positioning as the perception of your business in the minds of your customers.

Effective marketing for manufacturers starts by identifying and documenting what your ideal-fit customer looks like, both at a company level and an individual human level. Then you craft positioning language that clearly articulates how you create value for those people.

Step 1: Establishing your ideal customer

Your first move is to define the characteristics of your ideal-fit accounts at a company level. What are the common threads among your very best customers?

  • How big are they?
  • Where are they located?
  • What do they buy from you?
  • What triggers inside these companies lead them into the buying process?
  • How long and complex is that buying process?
  • Who on the customer’s side gets involved?

Once you’ve established what those ideal accounts look like, identify the individuals inside them who influence the buying process. Not everyone is a decision maker, but a buying committee is typical, especially when you sell a complex solution through a long, consultative sale. Plant engineers, facility managers, procurement, the president — for each, document their responsibilities, their pain points, the questions they ask and what they’d value about working with you.

Step 2: Customer research and marketplace intel

Once you’ve identified your ideal customers, talk to them. Customer interviews remain the single most valuable input to your positioning, and no technology replaces them.

  • What actually differentiates you in the eyes of your customers?
  • What language do they use to talk about their problems?
  • What challenges are they facing that you might not know about?
  • How do they measure success in their role?
  • What competitive alternatives do they weigh you against?

Learning the answers directly from your customers’ mouths grounds your positioning in real problems, real differentiators and real success metrics rather than assumptions.

What’s new is the research you can now do before and around those interviews. AI tools are genuinely good at mapping how your competitive set talks to the same audience — the claims they make, the language they repeat, the questions they leave unanswered. They’re equally good at mining what you already have: years of sales call notes, CRM records and quote requests hold buyer language nobody has ever tabulated. (This mirrors how we use AI in our own work — as a research accelerant, never a judgment replacement.) Use AI to map the conversation. Use interviews to find what nobody in your market is saying. That gap is where differentiated positioning lives.

Step 3: Crafting your positioning language

Your positioning language is the messaging you’ll consistently use throughout your sales and marketing communications. With our manufacturing clients at Gorilla 76, we like April Dunford’s framework from her book “Obviously Awesome,” blended with a classic value-proposition structure: your ideal customer, the competitive alternatives, the problems you solve, your unique attributes and the value you create. Our own Who We Help and How page is a working example of the output.

Once established, this language builds confidence with future customers. It makes them say: “These guys understand me. And they’ve seen my challenges before.”

That reaction is your differentiator among the many undifferentiated competitors who pretend they do everything for everyone.

Core Element #2/7: Website

I’ve heard this question more than once in 2026: “Do websites still matter? When I look for something now, I just ask ChatGPT and it pulls together answers from a bunch of companies’ websites for me.”

Here’s the answer. The first place ChatGPT, Claude or Gemini pulls from is your website. If your site isn’t thorough, current and clearly positioned for the right people, the AI has nothing to work with — and it will recommend a competitor whose site gave it more to go on.

So your website now serves two visitors at once. The human buyer who wants to get as far through their evaluation as possible before talking to a person. And the AI systems reading your site on that buyer’s behalf. Both are vetting you. Both reward the same thing: a site that answers real questions with substance.

Here’s what actually matters.

Your website serves two visitors at once Diagram: a website serves two visitors at once, the human buyer and the AI systems reading on their behalf. Your website serves two visitors at once The human buyer Vetting you on their own, getting as far as they can before talking to a person The AI systems ChatGPT, Claude and Gemini, reading your site on that buyer’s behalf Your website Both reward the same thing: real answers, with substance Both visitors are vetting you. Neither will call to ask what your site didn’t say.

Is your positioning obvious in five seconds?

Your positioning from Core Element #1 needs to show up throughout your website, and nowhere more than your homepage. If someone landed there and spent five seconds, would they know who you are, what you do and who you help? People need to know they’ve landed in the right place. So do the AI systems deciding whether your company fits a buyer’s question.

Does your content reflect who you are today?

I can’t count how many manufacturers have told me some version of: “Our website doesn’t really represent who we are or what we sell anymore. It reflects the company we were five or ten years ago.”

If your site doesn’t accurately represent your current product lines and services, you can’t expect a human buyer to understand what you do — and you can’t expect ChatGPT to either. Rich, current content about what you make, who you serve and what problems you solve is the raw material every other marketing investment depends on.

That goes for the technical layer too. Product data and spec sheets belong on your pages as real, current, complete text — engineers evaluating you need them, and the AI tools reading on their behalf can only use what they can read.

Can humans and AI systems find what they need?

Organization matters twice now. Your navigation should get a visitor where they want to go in as few clicks as possible. Your sitemap should make the structure of what you offer legible to a machine. And once someone lands on a page, depth matters: A visitor is vetting you, so give them the substance they came for.

For AI visibility specifically, page structure does real work — clear headings, direct answers near the top of a page, information in actual text rather than trapped in PDFs or images. Schema markup (structured data that labels what your content is) helps too, though it’s a supporting player, and it’s covered properly in our guide to AI search for manufacturers.

Do you prove your expertise?

People want to believe you understand their world — that you’ve seen their problems before and know the nuances. Your positioning claims it. Your content proves it.

That proof lives in a deep learning center filled with question-answering content: honest guidance on solving a problem one way versus another, total cost of ownership, time to ROI, when to buy this product versus that one. For working examples from our clients, see the learning centers at Davron Technologies and Multi-Tek.

Put real names on it. Content bylined by your actual engineers and leaders, with their credentials, builds more trust than anonymous articles — with readers and with AI systems, which weigh named authorship when deciding which sources are credible.

Do you prove your results?

Proof of expertise says you know the work. Proof of results says you’ve done it. This is among the most powerful trust-builders on your site, for people and machines alike.

It takes several forms:

  • A video case study — your customer, on camera, explaining how you changed their world (Northwood Machine’s is a great example)
  • A written case study — anonymous if an NDA requires it
  • Testimonials and customer quotes
  • Reviews pulled in from Google or industry platforms
  • Published data about the results you produce

All of it works harder because your customer said it instead of you. For a working example of the form, here’s how we tell one customer’s story — real numbers, a real timeline and the customer’s outcome front and center.

Can buyers self-serve?

Today’s buyers want to get as far through the buying process as they can before talking to a person. Even if you sell custom-engineered capital equipment through long sales cycles — CNC machines, industrial ovens, food processing lines — you can help people evaluate on their own terms.

Pricing configurators that produce a ballpark rather than a quote answer the question every buyer actually has: is this a $400,000 project or an $800,000 one? Self-assessment tools help a buyer figure out what they need before they call. And the AI chatbot of 2026 has evolved from the frustrating popup of a few years ago. Done well, it works like a guide, answering “do you sell something that handles X?” or “have you worked with companies like mine?” by pulling from your own site’s content — the same way ChatGPT pulls from the whole internet. See how MacTech handles this with the ask-me-anything tool on its site.

Giving your audience what they want instead of gating everything behind a sales conversation builds trust — and makes buyers more inclined to have that conversation, because they arrive less frustrated.

Do you prompt action, and does your CRM catch it?

Once a visitor has confirmed you sell what they need and that you’re credible, prompt the first step. For some companies that’s “let’s have a conversation.” For others it’s a site audit, an assessment or a quote request. Every important page should offer a clear path forward.

Then don’t fumble the handoff. A submitted form should create or update a contact record in your CRM, route the lead to the right salesperson and log what pages the person visited and what content they consumed. That context is the difference between a follow-up call that lands and one that doesn’t.

One more note: Your site needs to work as well on a phone as it does on a desktop. First touches increasingly happen on mobile — someone taps a link from an email or LinkedIn — while deep evaluation still tends to happen at a desk. Be excellent at both.

Core Element #3/7: Content strategy

First, a distinction. Your homepage, product pages and spec sheets are baseline content — the cost of entry we covered in Core Element #2. Everyone needs that. Content strategy is what you deliberately build on top of it.

Why build more? Because baseline content proves you exist. It rarely makes anyone choose you. The educational content stacked on top is what buyers binge while they self-serve — and it’s what AI systems actually cite. Product pages seldom get quoted in an AI answer. Genuinely useful educational content does.

There’s data behind that. The first controlled study of AI-answer visibility (Aggarwal et al., KDD 2024) found that deliberate changes to how a page presents its substance can boost its visibility in AI-generated answers by up to 40% — and adding real statistics, quotable material and credible sourcing were the top-performing tactics tested. Substance gets cited. Fluff doesn’t.

The jobs your content does

Think about content by the job it does, and the formats pick themselves:

The job What it looks like Where it lives
Demonstrate expertise Thought leadership, how-to guidance, “this approach vs. that one” Your learning center
Prove results Case studies and customer stories, produced continually Your site + video platforms
Humanize Video: brand films, facility tours, faces and voices Your site, YouTube, LinkedIn
Answer questions Direct, specific answers to the questions buyers actually ask Learning center, FAQ blocks
Earn validation elsewhere Articles and appearances on platforms you don’t own Trade press, podcasts, associations

For the humanize job, watch Hayden’s brand film — two minutes of faces, floors and voices build more trust than any about page.

That last row in the table matters more than it used to — it’s the bridge to Core Element #7, and we’ll get there.

Where your content lives

Content splits across three territories: your own site (the learning center), your own channels on other platforms (a podcast, a YouTube series, LinkedIn) and other people’s platforms (trade publications, industry associations, someone else’s podcast). A healthy content strategy feeds all three, because your buyers — and the AI systems reading on their behalf — encounter you in all three.

What compounding looks like

By far the most content we produce today comes through our podcasts — as of mid-2026, more than 500 episodes across The Manufacturing Executive, The Manufacturing Marketer and The Manufacturing Employer — plus IMC Live, the biweekly live session we run for the Industrial Marketing Collective, published to YouTube.

Those 500+ episodes have built up our authority in this industry in a way that would be hard to replicate with a few blog posts.

Here’s the transferable point, because you don’t need three shows. You need one lane you can hold for years. A monthly podcast in your niche. A biweekly live teardown. A YouTube series answering the questions your sales team hears every week. Consistency in one lane beats scattershot in five — and it’s exactly the long-haul consistency most of your competitors won’t sustain. That’s what makes it work.

Core Element #4/7: Lead generation

Channels are where everyone starts this conversation — search, social, email, ads. But channels are plumbing. Lead generation is really two different jobs, and everything you spend here should know which job it’s doing.

Job one: be found by the buyers who are looking right now. At any given moment, a small slice of your market — between 1% to 5% — is actively looking for a solution, because something triggered them:

  • A piece of equipment failed
  • A production line is expanding
  • Equipment is reaching end of life
  • A new product is launching
  • A new location is opening
  • Leadership changed, or the company was acquired

Behind many of these triggers sits a bigger demographic shift. In 2025, an average of 11,400 Americans turned 65 every day — the crest of a retirement wave the Alliance for Lifetime Income’s Peak 65 research tracks running from 2024 through 2027. The buyers and sellers whose relationships carried industrial sales for decades are retiring, and the people replacing them start with a search bar or an AI chat, not a rolodex.

These are the hottest opportunities in your market because there’s real buying intent behind them. Marketers call reaching them demand capture. In plain English: When someone goes looking, make sure they find you.

Job two: build trust with everyone who’ll be looking later. The other 95% to 99% fit your ideal customer profile but aren’t in buying mode yet. The work here — demand creation, or in non-marketing speak, building awareness and trust at scale with a specific audience — is being in front of them with a message that matters, at a sane frequency, week after week and month after month. Then one day they’re triggered. And when they go looking, they think of you first — or they ask ChatGPT for a recommendation, your name comes back, and they already have a reason to trust it.

This is a longer game. It doesn’t produce results as fast. But awareness and trust built over time is what makes everything else cheaper. We’ve written a full guide to demand generation for manufacturers if you want the deeper treatment.

Winning the buyers who are looking now

Three surfaces matter when a triggered buyer goes looking.

Traditional search still counts. When someone Googles their problem, you want to be visible in the results. The fundamentals — genuinely useful content, sound site structure, authority earned over time — haven’t changed.

AI search is the fast-growing surface built on top of it. More buyers every quarter ask ChatGPT, Claude or Gemini some version of “who should I call about X?” and get back two or three names instead of ten links. Getting your company into those answers requires the same thing trust with a human requires: substance, consistency and third parties who vouch for you. There’s no shortcut to buy. Your site has to be readable to these systems, your pages have to offer clean answers worth quoting and the wider web has to corroborate that you’re credible. We’ve written a full manufacturer’s guide to how AI search visibility works and a diagnostic on why companies don’t show up in ChatGPT answers — start there if this is on your mind.

Paid search buys visibility while you earn it. Google Ads puts you in front of buyers searching your keywords, immediately, for a price. It’s rented ground, but rented ground has its place while the owned ground matures.

Reaching the ones who aren’t looking yet

Paid social on LinkedIn or Meta and video pre-roll on YouTube let you put a message in front of hand-picked people — specific titles, specific industries, specific companies — with guaranteed frequency.

Most of that audience won’t be paying close attention on any given day. That’s fine. The work is cumulative: The right message, in front of the right people, at a steady cadence month after month, is how a company nobody knew becomes the name that feels familiar when the trigger finally hits.

Your organic social presence — your company page and your people showing up consistently on LinkedIn, fed by the content engine from Core Element #3 — works the same audience for free, on the algorithm’s terms rather than yours. Paid and organic reinforce each other.

Going after named accounts

Sometimes you know exactly who you want. Outbound — often dressed up as account-based marketing — means building a tight list of ideal-fit companies and going after them directly.

Some honesty from our own experience, because this is where the most money gets wasted:

  • SDR-style mass outreach produces mixed results. Sequenced email at scale can work, but in industrial markets it often reads as spam to the exact people you most want to respect you.
  • It’s rarely fast. In our experience, outbound is a long, patient effort. Plan for that or don’t start down this path.
  • Creativity beats volume. What we’ve seen work: Pick 25 target companies. Combine thoughtful direct mail — a handwritten note still gets opened — with your sales team reaching out to the right two or three people at each account, supported by targeted ads to those same companies. Small list, real effort, personal touch.
  • LinkedIn conversation ads have worked for some of our clients as a way to start genuine conversations with named accounts, when the message leads with the buyer’s problem.

Core Element #5/7: Pipeline management

Imagine you’ve put the first four elements into practice and qualified leads are showing up. A majority of marketers pat themselves on the back at this point. The best ones know the job isn’t done.

Pipeline management is what happens after the lead exists. It has two sides: sales enablement — in plain terms, equipping your sales team to work smarter — and lead nurturing.

Sales enablement

Sales enablement means giving your sales team the processes, data and content to make the most of their time.

Processes: When a new lead fills out a form, who gets alerted? Who reaches out, with what message, how fast? Will automation score and segment the lead first? Sales owns the pipeline, but marketing should help design these answers.

Data: Imagine a salesperson has been pursuing a lead for months. This morning, that lead revisits your website, reads a few articles, views a handful of case studies and hits your “Request a Quote” page two or three times. What would a real-time alert about all of that be worth? How might it change how that salesperson spends the next 30 minutes? Your marketing automation and analytics tools produce this intelligence; someone on the marketing team should own turning it into a signal for sales.

Content: Arm your sales team with the right pieces at the right moments — and help them use content well. The difference is stark. Compare:

“Hey, Mary. Just checking in to see if you’ve decided on what solution to move forward with.”

With:

“Mary, I was thinking about your challenge today and wanted to share these two case studies where our customers had similar issues. Would it be valuable to quickly talk through the parallels I see with your situation?”

One more shift worth knowing about. The lead who arrives today is often further along than the lead of a few years ago. A buyer who asked ChatGPT for recommendations, read the comparison and reviewed your case studies shows up at your form late in their process — and much of their research trail is invisible to your analytics, because it happened inside an AI conversation instead of on your site.

Two implications. First, speed and quality of first response matter more than ever; there are fewer inbound leads, and each is worth more. Second, train your salespeople to ask what the buyer already knows instead of pitching from square one. “Just checking in” was weak in 2019. With a pre-educated buyer, it’s disqualifying.

Lead nurturing

However strong your sales team is, they can only be in front of so many people. Lead nurturing keeps you top of mind and incrementally builds trust without bogging them down: retargeting campaigns, a monthly educational email newsletter and community built around a recurring series or event. For example, we run IMC Live, a biweekly interactive session for the Industrial Marketing Collective that’s built a large community of industrial marketers.

Core Element #6/7: Measurement

Your technology stack and your data analysis practice are two halves of one thing: the system that tells you what’s working. That system is this element.

The stack that captures the signal

Three pieces of software form the foundation:

  1. A CRM to keep your sales effort organized: contact records, deal stages, tasks, pipeline value and forecasting. We’re partial to HubSpot for its usability and how cleanly its sales and marketing sides work together, and Salesforce is the other heavyweight — but the specific tool matters less than actually using one.
  2. A marketing automation platform to run and measure marketing: landing pages and forms, lead scoring and segmentation, email campaigns, engagement tracking. Ideally it shares a database with your CRM.
  3. Web analytics — GA4 in most cases — to understand traffic, sources, content engagement and conversion paths.

Everything from Core Element #2’s “catch it in the CRM” requirement through Core Element #5’s lead-intelligence alerts runs on this plumbing. Set it up before you spend real money driving demand.

And watch for the newest signal in the system: buyers who tell you an AI sent them. Add “how did you hear about us?” as a free-text field on your forms, and have sales ask it on first calls. When the answer starts coming back “ChatGPT,” you’re watching your reputation work (Core Element #7 — almost there).

The monthly meeting where the data gets used

Data nobody discusses changes nothing. So: Call your first monthly marketing-sales alignment meeting. Sixty minutes, same agenda every time.

Sales brings open and recently closed opportunities — which were ideal fits and why, which didn’t close and what got in the way. Marketing brings the leads generated since last time — which were sales-qualified, what content they consumed, what unqualified leads have in common. The conversation builds rapport between two teams that too often operate separately, and it feeds real intelligence back into strategy.

Setting honest expectations

These meetings are also where timelines stay honest. If sales expects leads a week after launch and marketing knows the channel needs months to develop, you’ve built a conflict.

How fast results come depends on variables no template can hold: where your website and authority stand today, how long your sales cycle runs, which channels you’re investing in and how big the deals are. The sequence is what you can count on. Progress shows up in this order:

  1. Evidence you’re reaching the right audience — the right companies and roles consuming your content
  2. Qualified conversations — the right people converting and asking to talk
  3. Pipeline — some of those conversations becoming real opportunities
  4. Revenue

Each stage is measurable, and each one is the proof that the next is coming. Sales cycles can be long for manufacturers, especially when you’re selling complex, big-ticket products or solutions — so hold your program accountable to movement through this sequence rather than to revenue on a fixed date.

Progress shows up in this order Diagram: marketing results arrive in sequence, from audience evidence to qualified conversations to pipeline to revenue. Progress shows up in this order 1 2 3 4 Evidence you’re reaching the right audience The right companies and roles consuming your content Qualified conversations The right people converting and asking to talk Pipeline Conversations becoming real opportunities Revenue Where the sequence ends — never where it starts Speed varies. The order doesn’t.

Core Element #7/7: Reputation

The first six elements live mostly on ground you own. The seventh is what the rest of the internet says about you. You don’t control it the way you control your website — but you can influence it far more than most manufacturers realize.

Think about how trust works between people. A stranger telling you they’re excellent means little. A colleague vouching for them means a lot. AI systems evaluate companies the same way: Before ChatGPT or Gemini recommends you, it looks for independent corroboration — industry directories that agree on your basic facts, trade press that mentions you, reviews from real customers, experts from your company showing up in credible places. In our audits of manufacturer AI visibility, a thin third-party footprint was a universal finding — 11 of 11 companies — and 9 of 11 were publishing contradictory facts about themselves across the web. Good companies, invisible for reputation reasons.

Four moves, in rough priority order:

  1. Tell one story about yourself everywhere. One company name, one address, one description — on your site, in directories, on LinkedIn, in association listings. Contradictory basic facts quietly kill machine trust the way a sketchy reference kills human trust.
  2. Earn reviews where your buyers look. Google reviews and the directories that matter in your vertical. Then pull the best onto your site as proof (Core Element #2).
  3. Practice modern PR. Pitch your CEO as a guest on the podcasts your buyers listen to. Have a subject-matter expert write a thought-leadership piece for a trade journal. Team up with an industry partner on a webinar. Contribute to your association’s publications. Every credible appearance under a real name is a vote for your expertise — with the humans in the audience and the AI systems reading along.
  4. Publish something worth citing. Original data is the strongest reputation asset there is: a benchmark, a survey, a dataset from your own operations that nobody else has. When the trade press and AI answers need a number about your corner of the industry, be the source they reach for.

Reputation compounds slowly and it can’t be bought quickly — which is exactly why it’s defensible. The manufacturers who start now will be the ones AI recommends in three years.

(Case in point: Our own reputation in the manufacturing industry has been built slowly over the course of more than a decade — I’ve been talking to manufacturing leaders and breaking down trends I see in marketing for years. Check out this whiteboard video from 2017).

Reputation: what the rest of the internet says about you Diagram: the four reputation moves surrounding a company, from consistent listings to citable original data. Reputation: what the rest of the internet says about you Your company One story, everywhere The same name, address and description in every directory and listing Reviews where buyers look Google and the directories that matter in your vertical Modern PR Your experts on podcasts, in trade journals and partner webinars, by name Something worth citing Original data and research the trade press and AI answers reach for

Who’s going to do all this?

If you’ve read this far thinking “this makes sense, and I don’t have the people for it” — you’re in the majority. Inside most $10-100 million manufacturers, marketing is one person, or half of one person, or nobody.

The honest answer is that this framework is a multi-year build, and the common working models are: a capable internal marketing lead who owns the strategy and coordinates outside specialists; a specialized agency partner carrying the load with an internal champion; or, in larger organizations, a small internal team. Any of the three can work. The requirement underneath all of them is a single owner — someone with enough authority to keep sales and leadership engaged, and enough patience to let the compounding elements compound.

On investment: Doing this properly is a real line item, and anyone who quotes you a number before understanding your situation is guessing. For reference, our own engagements start with a $12,000 strategic Road Map, and full implementation programs generally run in the $150,000 to $300,000 per year range, all-in — agency fees and media spend included. Whatever partner or path you choose, insist on the same things this article has been preaching: positioning before tactics, honest timelines and measurement you can actually see.

If you’d like a sparring partner to figure out where to start, request a consultation. We’ll tell you what we see — including the parts you can do without us.

Frequently asked questions

How long does industrial marketing take to produce results?
It depends on where you’re starting from, how long your sales cycle runs and which channels you invest in — anyone quoting a universal timeline is guessing. Progress does arrive in a reliable sequence: first evidence you’re reaching the right audience, then qualified conversations, then pipeline, then revenue. In industrial markets that arc plays out over quarters, and any program promising revenue in the first month is overpromising.
Do websites still matter now that buyers use ChatGPT?
More than ever. Your website is the primary source AI tools draw on when they answer questions about your category. A thin or outdated site gives AI systems nothing to recommend, and the recommendation goes to a competitor whose site gave them more.
What’s the difference between demand capture and demand creation?
Demand capture reaches the small share of your market actively looking right now — through search visibility, AI search visibility and paid search. Demand creation builds awareness and trust with the 95 to 99% who aren’t looking yet, so that when their trigger comes, you’re the name they already know.
How much should a manufacturer invest in marketing?
It depends on your growth goals and starting point, and anyone quoting a number before understanding both is guessing. As a reference point, comprehensive programs like the ones we build start with a $12,000 strategic Road Map, with implementation running $150,000 to $300,000 annually, all-in — agency fees and media spend included.
How do I get my company recommended by ChatGPT?
Three conditions have to be true: AI systems can read your site, your pages offer clear answers worth quoting and independent sources across the web corroborate that you’re credible. Our manufacturer’s guide to AI search covers all three in depth.

‘Why doesn’t my manufacturing company show up in ChatGPT answers?’

Does this sound familiar?

  • You opened ChatGPT and asked it what you think your buyers might ask. Something like: “Who are the best suppliers of custom control panels for food processing plants?”
  • ChatGPT gave a thoughtful answer, recommending three companies depending on the situation.
  • And your company name was nowhere to be found in the response.

You have decades of proof, real certifications and customers who would vouch for you on the spot. And an AI assistant just confidently recommended a competitor you beat on quality every day of the week. But not you.

We ran AI-visibility audits on 11 manufacturers and industrial companies in June and July 2026, and every single company was invisible for at least one core buying question it should have owned.

The cause was almost always one of four things, ranked here by how often each one was actually true:

The four causes, ranked by how often they were true

From 11 AI-visibility audits of manufacturers and industrial company websites in June and July 2026.
1 · The answer gapThe website didn’t hand AI an answer it could lift
11 of 11
2 · The trust gapNo third-party footprint an assistant could corroborate
11 of 11
3 · Two storiesThe company published contradictory facts about itself
9 of 11
4 · Blocked or throttledCrawl-side problemsOnly three of the eight were hard blocks; five were a crawl-delay line quietly starving the crawler
8 of 11

The top issue we saw is about what your website says — and the answers you provide within its copy — and you can start fixing that without touching a line of code.

The rest of this guide breaks down why, exactly, you might be absent from ChatGPT (or Perplexity or Gemini or Claude) … and, more importantly, what you can do about it.

By the end, you’ll have:

  • The four causes, in the order to check them, with how often we actually see each one
  • A check you can run yourself without hiring anyone
  • The bot names and settings that matter for ChatGPT, Claude, Perplexity, Gemini and Copilot, taken from each company’s own documentation
  • An honest read on which of these you can fix in house, and which you can’t
Read the pillar guide

This is the diagnostic companion to our comprehensive guide to how AI assistants choose which suppliers to recommend. That guide explains how AI search actually works and what to fix on a manufacturer’s website in even greater detail.

‘But I rank in Google! Shouldn’t that mean I should show up in ChatGPT?!’

No, and this is the part that catches everyone. Google ranks pages. AI assistants fetch a handful of passages, decide which ones answer the user’s exact question and then decide what to do with what they found: recommend you, cite your page without recommending you … or leave you out entirely.

Your position on a Google results page is not a clean input to that process.

One company from our audit set shows how far apart the two can sit. Its site ranks No. 1 to No. 4 on its core money terms in Google, and it does not appear at all in AI answers for the questions that play to its real differentiators.

If your site lacks educational content built for AI search, and you haven’t worked to build trust signals from third-party sources, your company will be effectively invisible when a buyer asks an AI assistant for what you sell.

One sales leader we talked to put the stakes more bluntly than we ever would: You’re either going to appear, or you’re not.

Cause 1: Your website isn’t answering the questions your buyers actually ask

All 11 companies we audited had a problem here, and it has nothing to do with the quality of your team’s expertise. It has to do with whether that expertise is captured on your website in a form a machine can lift.

Start with how buyers actually phrase things. The owner of one company we work with described his own buyer’s moment of need this way: “Somebody goes to ChatGPT or some other service and they say, ‘I’ve just had a fire. And I need to replace some rafters. Is there an engineering firm I can call? Is there anybody that does this?’”

That buyer never typed a product category. They typed a problem.

An AI assistant hunts for a passage that answers that exact problem, grabs it and moves on. So your answer has to sit directly under the question, in plain language, with real numbers in it. And it has to sit in text and HTML. An AI bot reading your page sees nothing inside an image of a spec table, and nothing inside a PDF it never opened.

We saw it repeated in the 11 audits we did:

  • Roughly 39,000 words locked in PDFs against about 8,000 words in HTML, at one company
  • 86.2% of pages with no subheads at all, at another
  • A 2,694-word FAQ page with no subheads, so the whole thing read as one undifferentiated block
  • Application pages of 200 thin words, published by companies whose engineers can quote tolerances from memory

You can be the best option in real life, and still be invisible when a buyer asks AI

Take a manufacturer with decades in the business, its own accredited test lab and an engineer on staff who chairs an industry standards committee.

By any measure, these are the experts.

But when we put a handful of its buyers’ real questions to an AI assistant in a blind run, their name was nowhere to be found. Blind means the assistant got the question and nothing else: no company name, no competitor list, no hint about who we were checking on.

It was recommended first on one question, the niche application it is best known for. On four of the remaining five it was never named at all, including its own core product category.

See the full breakdown in the chart below:

The experts nobody recommended

One manufacturer with two websites. Its buyers’ real questions, asked blind: the assistant got the question and nothing else. No company name, no competitor list, no hint about who we were checking on.
Decades in the businessIts own accredited test labAn engineer who chairs an industry standards committee
1. The niche application it’s best known for

Recommended first

2. Its own core product category

Never named

3. A buyer’s application problem it solves

Never named

4. A second application problem it solves

Never named

5. A qualification question buyers ask before they call

Never named

Walk that company through the three-gate diagnosis, and it’s obvious why it was absent in search results.
ReachIts robots.txt blocked the directory holding every spec sheet. Zero crawlable PDFs, zero crawlable images.
LiftIts grade specifications lived in 50 PDFs, 48 of them unknown to Google.
TrustIts flagship product spelled two different ways across its two websites, 115 times one way and 75 the other. Two published launch dates, 11 years apart.

What you can do right now

  • Structure your content, so it puts the answer in the first two sentences under the question. If a reader has to scroll to find out whether you do the thing, so does a machine.
  • Write subheads as the questions your buyers ask, then answer each one completely enough to stand alone.
  • Move real numbers into page text. Tolerances, ranges, lead times, capacities, test results. A specific number is the single most liftable thing on a page.
  • Lift specs out of PDFs into HTML, and ship tables as real HTML tables, never as images. Keep the PDF as the printable version.
  • Publish the proof you already have internally. Six of the 11 action plans included this same recommendation. One company had an unpublished 40% efficiency gain a customer measured after implementing its solution. Another had a story about roughly $150,000 in tooling costs a customer avoided. Both sat in a drawer — not on the site.

Cause 2: Nobody besides you vouches for your company

AI assistants like ChatGPT, Claude and Perplexity use third-party trust signals — review sites, trade publication coverage, directories, social channels — to decide who to recommend. When an assistant recommends a supplier, it is staking its answer on that supplier, so it leans on what it can corroborate from more than one place.

Your own website is one source. But any company can say anything about how great they are.

Answering real buyer questions on your site gets you considered. But third-party corroboration is what gets you confidently recommended, and it lives mostly on property you don’t own: directories, trade publications, distributor sites, review platforms, LinkedIn, standards bodies. It is the slowest of the four causes to move and the hardest for a competitor to copy, which is exactly why it’s worth building.

What the audits found:

  • All 11 had a third-party footprint too thin to support a recommendation. At one, every citation we could trace led back to its own website, one directory listing and its LinkedIn page.
  • Directories fill the void. ThomasNet appeared in every single run for one client’s category. If nobody vouches for you, the assistants fall back to whoever’s listed there.
  • One rival’s distributor network formed what the audit called a “citation moat”: dozens of independent pages describing the same product the same way.
  • The competitor that won across every query paired a recurring branded report with a named human analyst — which earned it real coverage in the press.

The mirror image showed up across the whole audit set: real experts nobody outside the company can find. A standards-committee chair with no author page. An owner unnamed on his own website. One company had no extractable leadership information on its site, so when we asked Claude about it by name, Claude fell back on data brokers and named a wrong CEO.

What you can do right now:

  • Claim and correct the directories your category actually gets cited from. Find them by asking ChatGPT or Perplexity a category question and reading the sources it lists back.
  • Get your named experts onto the record. An author page with credentials, a byline on your technical content and quotes in the publications your buyers read. Perplexity weights named authors with credentials heavily.
  • Build a review corpus where your buyers look for one. One contractor we audited had zero reviews while a direct rival held more than 30 on Google.
  • Publish a number nobody else owns. The biggest recurring opportunity in the whole audit set, and the least used: Five of the 11 action plans recommended publishing an owned category statistic, because nobody in the category had one. One of those companies runs a lab producing 60,000 data points a year and has never published a benchmark. A statistic only you can supply gets cited by everyone writing about your category.

Cause 3: The web doesn’t describe your company the same way everywhere

Nine of the 11 companies published facts about themselves that contradicted each other. Different names, different founding years, different service lists, different addresses.

This is not an inconsequential issue. In three of the 11 we watched an assistant repeat or act on the bad data live:

  • Claude, unable to confirm one company’s leadership from its own site, named a wrong CEO pulled from data brokers.
  • One company launched a new product under a name two competitors already used. Ask Claude or Gemini about it and both split the name in half: they credit the company for part of it, then hand the product itself to the competitors who got to the name first.
  • A third was confused with a similarly named business in the same state.

An AI assistant resolving who you are has to pick between two versions of you. Every conflict it finds is a reason to describe you vaguely, describe you wrong — or ignore you entirely, and reach for a competitor it can pin down.

Brian Dean, who spent the past year testing AI visibility on his own site, landed on the same rule from the practitioner’s side: if your homepage says one thing and your LinkedIn says another, “the model gets confused.” Every page, profile and mention needs to reinforce the same claim about who you are and what you’re best at.

Structured data tells the same story. All 11 were missing the markup that tells an assistant what they sell. One had none at all. Another carried more than 1,700 structured-data statements without a single Organization, Product, FAQ or Article among them, just a CMS filling in boilerplate rather than anyone describing the business.

What you can do right now:

  • Pick one form of your company name and one canonical description, then use them everywhere. We ran this audit on our own site too, and found 711 instances of our name written without the space in it (“Gorilla76” instead of the correct “Gorilla 76”), plus a page misspelling one of our co-founders (“John Franco” instead of the correct “Jon Franko”). Google’s AI answers had started repeating the misspelling back to us — and we’ve been working on a data cleanup of our own since that audit.
  • Audit your own properties first, then work outwardly with directory listings, data-broker profiles, distributors’ descriptions of your products, your team’s LinkedIn pages.
  • Retire or redirect legacy websites. One company we audited had two old sites still live, last touched in 2016 and 2020, quietly contradicting the current one.
  • Fix your structured data. It’s the cheapest item on this list and it appeared in all 11 action plans: Organization and FAQ markup, plus Product or Service markup, with real values rather than CMS defaults, and “sameAs” links connecting your LinkedIn, directory listings and any Wikidata entry.

Cause 4: Something is blocking AI from reaching your site

We found crawl-side problems at eight of the 11 companies. Three were hard blocks. Five were a crawl-delay line in robots.txt, which blocks nothing outright and quietly starves the crawler anyway. That matters because crawl-delay throttles Bing’s crawler, and Bing feeds retrieval for both ChatGPT and Copilot.

A block hides in three places, and only the first is where people look:

  1. Your robots.txt file
  2. A bot rule at your CDN or firewall that nobody on the marketing side has ever seen
  3. That crawl-delay directive

At one company we tested, requests carrying the ClaudeBot name came back 403 Forbidden on every URL including the homepage, three times out of three, while GPTBot, ChatGPT-User, OAI-SearchBot, PerplexityBot and Google-Extended all returned 200 OK on the same pages. Nothing in that site’s robots.txt mentioned any of them. The rule sat at the CDN edge, where no robots.txt review would ever find it.

What you can do right now: check for a block yourself

Every crawler announces itself with a name (its user agent), and a bot rule fires on that name. Borrow the name, and you see exactly what the bot sees.

With a free Screaming Frog license, go to Configuration, then User-Agent, and set the custom user agent to GPTBot. Crawl your homepage and a few key product pages, and read the status codes. Repeat with ClaudeBot, OAI-SearchBot, PerplexityBot and Bingbot.

One crawler refused while the others pass means a rule aimed at that crawler. All refused means a blanket bot setting at your CDN. Either way, the fix is one conversation with whoever manages your website or CDN account.

Does fixing a block put you back in the answers?

Usually not on its own, and the company with that 403 is the clearest example we have.

The blocked bot, ClaudeBot, builds Anthropic’s stored copy of the web. A separate fetcher reads pages live when a user asks a question, and the edge rule didn’t touch it. So during that same audit, Claude’s live web search reached this company’s site and cited five of its own pages.

The block was real and worth closing. But on every question phrased the way a buyer with a problem actually asks it (worker injury, throughput, durability in a specific application), the company was absent because the pages that would have answered those questions did not exist.

Close the block. Then go back to the top of this list, because the first two causes are almost certainly waiting for you there.

Which of these is most likely your problem?

Check them in the order below. It’s deliberately different from the likelihood ranking at the top of this page: The crawler check goes first because it takes minutes, and the answer gap sits second because nothing downstream matters until a liftable answer exists.

Check Cause Why it sits here How often we see it
1. Is anything blocking AI from your site? Reach Minutes to answer, and the answer is binary 8 of 11
2. Do your pages answer your buyers’ questions? Lift Nothing downstream matters if there’s no clear answer to lift for each query 11 of 11
3. Does the web describe you consistently? Trust If it doesn’t, it’s actively working against your ability to get recommended by AI 9 of 11
4. Does anyone else vouch for you? Trust Slowest to move, because it takes building real authority off your own site 11 of 11

How do you check this yourself?

  1. Write down five questions your buyers actually ask, in their words. This is where companies lose most often. One fabricator we audited had buyers who ask about PPAP documentation and ISO 9001 certification before anything else. Its quality page never said “ISO 9001” in text, and the certificate was a PDF sitting on a retired domain. It was absent in every run on those supplier questions, and a competitor whose page spelled out its PPAP process in plain text won every one of them.
  2. Ask each question blind. Fresh chat, signed out and never name your own company. The moment you name yourself, you are testing whether the model has heard of you, which is a much easier test than whether it recommends you to a buyer who has never heard of you.
  3. Record one of four outcomes per question, and write down who got named instead. The four outcomes cost you different things. See the chart below.
  4. Test your crawler access using the user-agent check above, or hand that section to your developer.

“Did we show up?” is four different outcomes

Record one of these per question, plus who got named instead. They cost you different things, and they call for different fixes.
Named and recommended
The assistant put your name in the shortlist it handed the buyer.
What it costs youNothing. This is the only outcome that rings your phone.
Cited but not recommended
Your page was used as a source for the answer. The recommendation went to someone else.
What it costs youYour expertise sells the category while a competitor takes the call.
Used without credit
Your content shaped the answer, with no name and no link attached.
What it costs youThe buyer never learns you exist, even though you did the teaching.
Absent
Nothing of yours appears anywhere in the answer or its sources.
What it costs youYou were never in the room. The shortlist got built without you.
Write down who got named instead.The competitor list is often more useful than your own score, because you can go read what those pages do that yours does not.

Absent on any of them?

Walk that one question through the causes in check order, and stop at the first one that fails. Many defects were near-universal across our audit, so a list of things wrong with your website is a list of things wrong with every website. What makes a defect yours is that it sits between one specific unanswered buyer question and the answer.

Walk one failed question through, and stop when you find the wall

Work backward from one question you were absent on. A list of defects is a list of things wrong with every website; the defect that matters is the one standing between this question and an answer.
Start here: one buyer question you were absent onFrom your five-question blind check. Fresh chat, signed out, never name your own company.
1Is anything blocking AI from your site?Minutes to answer with the user-agent test. Binary.
BlockedClose it (often one CDN setting). Then keep walking anyway: a block is usually not the whole answer.
ClearMove to #2.
2Does a page of yours answer this exact question, in liftable text?The answer in the first two sentences, in HTML, with real numbers. Failed at 11 of 11 companies we audited.
No page, or a thin oneSTOP. This is almost always the work. Write the page, then re-test.
A real answer existsMove to #3.
3Does the web describe you consistently?One name, one description, matching facts everywhere. Failed at 9 of 11.
Conflicts foundSTOP. Fix your own properties first, then work outward.
ConsistentMove to #4.
4Does anyone besides you vouch for you on this topic?Directories, reviews, press, named experts on the record. Failed at 11 of 11.
Thin or nothingSTOP. This is the slow build: months, and the hardest thing for a competitor to copy.
Real corroborationRe-run the question next month. You’re measuring now, and movement means something.

Why does ChatGPT give you a different answer every time you ask?

Because these systems are probabilistic, and the variation is wider than almost anyone expects.

SparkToro measured this at scale: 600 volunteers ran 12 prompts through ChatGPT, Claude and Google’s AI Overview a combined 2,961 times. Their finding, in their words: “there’s a <1 in 100 chance that ChatGPT or Google’s AI, if asked 100 times, will give you the same list of brands in any two responses.”

Four things move your answer:

  • The run. Same question, same assistant, five minutes later, different shortlist.
  • The assistant. ChatGPT, Claude, Perplexity and Gemini all assemble answers from a measurably different mix of pages.
  • The surface. ChatGPT logged out on a free account and ChatGPT logged into a paid workspace cite differently. Some sessions search the web live, some answer from memory.
  • Your own history. The trap, because it bends the result the way you want it to bend. If you’ve ever asked about your own company before, the assistant has context a buyer would not.

Here’s what that looks like on real records. One buyer question, one company, four surfaces, the same afternoon in July 2026:

  • Perplexity, signed in on our own account: recommended the company first. We threw this reading out. The account had asked this question before and memory was on, so it shows personalization, not what a buyer sees.
  • Gemini, fresh session, signed out: recommended the company first. Clean read.
  • Claude, blind run with live web search: named the company second, and cited one of its own guides as a source.
  • ChatGPT, signed in on our agency workspace: never mentioned the company once, across an answer running 8,094 characters. A competitor took the top pick.

One question. One afternoon. Four surfaces. Four different answers.

The same buyer question, asked about the same company, on the same day. Three usable verdicts and one reading we had to throw away. The one we threw away was the flattering one.
The question, asked as a buyer would ask it A specification-and-lead-time question from a real buyer basket, put to each surface word for word.
Unusable
Recommended first, and we threw it out
Perplexity
Signed in, on our own account
Named the company and recommended it first, ahead of every alternative.
Why we discarded itThat account had asked this same question before, with memory on. That reading is personalization, and no buyer sees it.
Recommended
Named first
Gemini
Fresh session, signed out
Named the company first in its list of manufacturers to approach.
Clean readNo account, no history, no personalization.
Recommended
Named second, and cited
Claude
Blind run, live web search
Named the company second on its list, and separately cited one of the company’s own guides as a source.
Clean readBlind: the assistant got the question and nothing else.
Absent
Zero mentions
ChatGPT
Signed in, on our agency workspace
Never mentioned the company once, across an answer running 8,094 characters. A competitor took the top pick.
Same day. Same question.This is the assistant most buyers reach for first.

Three verdicts plus one discarded reading, same question, same day. And the discarded one was the flattering one. The check you run on your own logged-in account is the check most likely to tell you what you want to hear.

One manufacturing leader we work with found this on his own, watching his score on a free visibility tool swing from 10 out of 100 to 32 between back-to-back runs.

It’s our stance that any single score — “85% AI search visibility!” — flattens infinite variance much too cleanly.

So how do you actually measure this? Build a prompt basket.

A prompt basket is a fixed list of the questions your buyers actually ask, written down once, then asked of every assistant on a schedule.

Any single reading is close to a coin flip — but a fixed set of questions re-run on a schedule is what turns coin flips into a directional measurement.

Four things go into building a prompt basket:

  • Intents, not phrasings. What the buyer is trying to accomplish? Are they trying to find a supplier? Compare options? Solve a problem? Check whether you’re qualified? Pick four to six.
  • Several phrasings per intent. In SparkToro’s follow-up test, human-written prompts aimed at the same thing averaged a semantic similarity of 0.081, which is close to no overlap at all. Test one phrasing and you’ve measured that phrasing; test several, and you’re getting closer to measuring your visibility on that buyer intent.
  • Every surface, signed out wherever the platform allows it.
  • Repeat runs on the questions that matter most. Coverage tells you where you stand. Repeat runs are what let you say you own a question.

Each cell of that grid records the outcome, who got named instead and which sources were cited. What you get out is a per-question map of where you’re absent, who’s standing in your spot and which pages the assistants read to decide. That maps directly onto what to write next.

The instrument: a fixed sheet, run on a schedule

One check is a coin flip. A basket turns coin flips into a measurement, because the questions never change and the readings pile up.
A prompt basket is a list of the questions your buyers actually ask, written down once, then asked of every assistant on a schedule. You are never measuring one question. You are measuring the set.
The sheet, filled in
Buyer intent ChatGPT Perplexity Gemini Claude
Find a supplier for the category
Your niche application
You versus the category leader
Solve the buyer’s actual problem
Are you qualified to supply us
Named and recommended  ·  Cited, not recommended  ·  Absent  ·  Not run, reason recorded
Log today’s results. Now you have a baseline.
What one filled cell holds
The question, word for word
Exactly as asked, so next month is comparable
The surface
Which assistant, signed in or out, which account
Date and run number
July 31, 2026 · run 1
Which of four outcomes
Recommended · cited only · used without credit · absent
Who got named instead
The competitor list, often more useful than your own score
Which sources it cited
Every URL. This is the list of places to go get mentioned
The answer itself
Verbatim, so any claim can be re-checked later

Is this different in Perplexity, Gemini, Claude and Copilot?

Yes, in one way that catches almost everyone. Every one of these companies runs several bots, and each bot does a different job. Think of it as three separate doors into your website.

  • The library door. A bot that builds the company’s stored copy of the web, which is what the model learns from.
  • The index door. A bot that builds the search index the assistant looks things up in.
  • The errand door. A fetcher that reads a specific page in the moment a user asks about it.

“Block the AI bots” closes one of three doors

Each AI company runs several bots, and they do different jobs. The setting somebody flipped years ago probably closed a different door than they think.
Your website
The library door
A bot that builds the AI company’s stored copy of the web: what the model learns from.
OpenYour content is part of what the model knows.
ClosedYou drop out of the stored corpus that feeds training and some grounding. You can still appear in live-search answers.
The index door
A bot that reads your pages to build the search index the assistant looks things up in.
OpenThe assistant can find your pages when it searches.
ClosedYou can disappear from the assistant’s search answers entirely. This is the door most “block AI” instructions close by accident.
The errand door
A fetcher that reads one specific page in the moment a user asks a question about it.
OpenThe assistant can read and cite your page live.
ClosedThe assistant can’t retrieve your content when a user asks. And one platform’s errand fetcher generally ignores robots.txt, so only a firewall rule closes it.
The doors are controlled separately.Blocking the bot that collects training data does not remove you from the assistant’s answers. Blocking the bot that builds the search index can. Ask whoever manages your website which bots are allowed, where that rule lives and when it was last reviewed.

They’re controlled separately. So “block the AI bots” usually closes one door and leaves the others open, or closes a door you needed open. Blocking the bot that collects training data does not remove you from the assistant’s answers. Blocking the bot that builds the search index can.

Somebody at your company may have already made this decision, possibly years ago, possibly to protect your content from AI training. That was a reasonable decision. It may also be costing you answers, and nobody has checked.

Ask whoever manages your website: which AI bots are allowed, where that rule lives (robots.txt, the CDN or both) and when it was last reviewed. Then check it against this table.

Assistant Reads for training Reads for search Fetches when a user asks What people get wrong
ChatGPT (OpenAI) GPTBot OAI-SearchBot ChatGPT-User Blocking GPTBot does not remove you from ChatGPT’s search results. OpenAI states the settings are independent and that a site opted out of OAI-SearchBot “will not be shown in ChatGPT search answers.”
Claude (Anthropic) ClaudeBot Claude-SearchBot Claude-User Three separate bots with three separate effects. Anthropic states that disabling Claude-User “prevents our system from retrieving your content in response to a user query.”
Perplexity none PerplexityBot Perplexity-User Perplexity states its user-triggered fetcher “generally ignores robots.txt rules.” A robots.txt line will not stop it. A firewall rule will.
Gemini and Google’s AI answers Google-Extended Googlebot n/a Google states that Google-Extended “does not impact a site’s inclusion in Google Search.” Blocking it stops Gemini grounding, not your presence in AI Overviews.
Copilot (Microsoft) n/a Bingbot n/a A crawl-delay line throttles Bingbot, and Bingbot feeds Copilot.

Sources: OpenAI, Anthropic, Perplexity and Google publish this themselves.

What can you do yourself, and where do you need help?

More than most agencies will tell you. Everything below on the left costs you nothing but time, and this piece gave you the instructions for all of it.

What you can do yourself, and where help earns its keep

The left lane costs nothing but time, and this guide gave you the instructions. The right lane is the unglamorous, sustained work that actually moves the needle.
Yourself, starting todayDays to a real read on where you stand
  • Run the five-question blind check and record the four outcomes, plus who got named instead
  • Test crawler access with the free user-agent check; fix a block with one CDN conversation
  • Standardize your name and facts across your own site and profiles
  • Put real numbers on the pages you own: tolerances, lead times, test results
  • Publish the customer proof already sitting in your files
All diagnosis and first fixes. Nobody needs to be hired for any of it.
The sustained workMonths of it, in house or with a partner
  • A content program with your experts: interviews turned into pages that answer buyer questions, month after month
  • A third-party footprint: directories, press, reviews, an owned statistic your category cites
  • Measurement on a schedule: a fixed prompt basket, re-run monthly, driving what you write next
Expect meaningful movement around month three or four, compounding after. Nobody should promise a ChatGPT recommendation in 30 days.
We’ll meet you where you are.Run it in house with our audit and guidance behind you, or hand us the whole thing so your engineers stay experts in what they’re experts at.

Take a look at the chart below, outlining the work it requires to move the needle for each cause of AI search invisibility:

Cause Realistic timeline Whose hours
Reach: crawler and CDN access Days. Often a single setting Whoever owns your CDN or your site
Lift: getting real answers onto the page Weeks per page, and it’s ongoing work Your experts for the substance, a writer for the structure
Trust: making your facts consistent Weeks, mostly spent waiting on third parties to update Marketing, plus whoever can email a directory
Trust: building a third-party footprint Months. The slowest of the four Sustained effort, not a sprint

Notice there’s nothing glamorous here.

This is hard, sustained work, and that’s exactly why it moves the needle: your competitors mostly won’t do it, or won’t do it well.

Expect meaningful movement around month three or four, compounding after — only if you’re doing regular, sustained work to tackle the biggest technical, content and trust gaps you identified for your site.

If you need help along the way, we’ll meet you where you are.

And if you want to run this in house, we offer consulting: we audit your site, hand you the findings with the receipts behind each one — and guide your team through the order to fix things in.

Frequently asked questions

We rank number one on Google. Doesn’t that mean AI will find us?
No. One company in our audit set holds position 1 to 4 on its core money terms and is absent from AI answers for its own differentiator query.
Are we too small for AI to notice us?
Size isn’t the gate. In our audits, whole industrial categories were sitting unclaimed, and on one buying question no manufacturer came back by name at all. Being early in a category nobody has answered is an advantage.
Is our robots.txt file the whole story?
No. Two of the three hard blocks we found sat at the CDN or firewall layer, where reviewing robots.txt cannot see them. Test the crawlers directly using the user-agent check in this guide.
If we block AI training, are we also blocking AI search?
Not necessarily. OpenAI, Anthropic and Google all run separate crawlers for training and for search, with separate controls. The catch is crawlers that do both jobs, which some settings handle as a single decision.
Can we do this ourselves or do we need help?
You can get to real insight on your own. The five-question check, reading your robots.txt and putting a real specification number on a page you already own need nobody. The per-crawler test needs a developer or an afternoon with a free crawling tool. But getting recommended and cited takes sustained work — by you or an outside party.
How do we know an AI-visibility number is real?
Ask the same questions repeatedly, across assistants, on a schedule, signed out where you can. A single reading tells you almost nothing. And if a tool hands you one homogenous “AI visibility” score, it’s compressing a highly variable system into far too simple a number. The truth is more complex.

Where to start

Run the five-question check today. It costs nothing and tells you more than any tool subscription.

Then decide how you want to feel about what comes back. One executive we work with watched our audit find his brand in 2.6% of the AI answers we tracked for his category. The exact number matters less than what it told him. His buyers were asking, and he wasn’t in the answers. It stuck with him. He created an internal project on the spot: “97% or bust.”

That’s the right response — to take action — even if optimizing for a homogenous skill oversimplifies the problem. In most industrial categories, almost nobody has done this work yet. The company that publishes real answers and earns real corroboration first gets to be the name in the shortlist while its competitors are still arguing about attribution.

AI search also doesn’t live alone: It sits inside the same strategy work as the rest of your marketing, and the 7 core elements of an industrial marketing strategy is the map for that bigger picture.

Your buyers are asking questions about your products and your services in AI search right now.

ChatGPT is going to recommend somebody. Don’t let it be your competitors.

A note on the examples

Every company described here is one we audited or measured directly. Names are removed and, where a company would be identifiable from its industry alone, the industry is changed. Methods, counts and measurements are exactly as recorded.

AI search engine optimization (SEO/GEO/AEO) for manufacturers: how buyers find suppliers now

Your buyers now ask ChatGPT (and other AI search platforms) for supplier shortlists before they ever search Google. In a 2026 Semrush survey of 622 U.S. B2B professionals, with manufacturing the second-largest industry in the sample, 92% of the 519 who use AI at work said it shaped their vendor shortlist, and 41% said they start vendor research in an AI tool and turn to a search engine only to validate what it told them. Industrial buyers describe the same habit in their own words later in this piece.

To analyze what this change in buying behavior means for manufacturing organizations in particular, we audited 11 manufacturer and industrial company websites.

Every one of those sites was invisible for at least one buying query it should own.

This guide breaks down the findings from those audits, showing you how AI assistants choose which suppliers to recommend and the specific work that gets a manufacturer into those answers.

Read to the end, and you’ll have:

  • The three gates your company has to clear before an AI assistant will shortlist your company
  • The eight AI visibility defects that showed up over and over across our 11 audits, along with the fix for each
  • The six fixes that appeared in almost every action plan, ordered by how quickly they pay off
  • An honest measurement approach for a channel where the same question can return two different answers an hour apart

A note on the examples

Every count, every defect tally and every plan count in this guide is real and comes from audits we ran for real manufacturing websites. But we anonymized the examples, changing the industry, product and specifics of each one to protect private company information.

First, a real phone call we fielded that shows how buyer behavior has changed in a way a statistic never could.

A real phone call we got recently

The owner of an industrial equipment manufacturer called us after running an experiment. They weren’t happy with their current marketing agency (they had rated that agency a seven out of 10 in an internal discussion), so they decided to ask AI which agencies were worth looking at.

“With AI, I did a bunch of searches on ChatGPT, Gemini, Copilot, Perplexity. You know, stuff like that,” they told us.

Four AI assistants came back with a version of the same verdict: the incumbent agency was a generalist, and they needed a specialist.

The way the owner heard it: “You wouldn’t go to a general surgeon if you need heart surgery. You would go to a cardiovascular surgeon who does this stuff every day.”

A buyer with a budget asked an AI assistant who to hire and got a shortlist (which we were fortunately on).

Then our phone rang.

Notice how we weren’t involved in the research until the buyer had pretty much decided?

Strip the anecdote down and here’s what’s changed:

  • A Google search used to hand your buyer a page of options. 10 blue links, a directory, a forum thread, you somewhere in the middle. The buyer compared, clicked around and built their own shortlist. You got to compete for a spot on it, and the buyer had to read quite a few of the ranking web pages to synthesize the precise answer to their question and decide what to do next.
  • Now, an AI answer hands them the shortlist already built. Two or three names, assembled from an industry directory, a “top 10” listicle, a forum thread and whoever’s site content answered the question best.

There is no page two.

They get a list of names, and a clear answer to their question or recommendation for how to solve their problem. If you’ve done the hard work to drive authority, trust and credibility for your company, you land on that list. And the comparison and elimination happen without you in the room.

Ten links became three names

Search used to hand your buyer a page of options. Now it hands them a shortlist that’s already built.
What your buyer used to get
www.competitor-one.com
Custom Industrial Equipment | Capabilities & Industries
www.a-directory.com › suppliers
Top 10 Suppliers for [What You Make] (2026)
www.competitor-two.com
Engineered Solutions — Request a Quote
www.you.com
You, somewhere on this page
www.a-forum.com › thread
Who do you use for [the job to be done]?
www.competitor-three.com
[Category] Manufacturer | Made in USA
A whole page of them. Your buyer compares, clicks around and builds the shortlist. You compete for a spot on it.
What your buyer gets now
“Who should I look at for [what you make]?”
1 A competitor
2 A competitor
3 You, or somebody else
Where it got those names:an industry directorya “top 10” listiclea forum threadyour site content
Your buyer starts here, with three names on their shortlist.
There is no page 2.Three names, and the comparison you used to compete in already happened without you in the room.

Are your buyers really asking ChatGPT which suppliers to call?

In short, yes. And whether you make the list will affect whether your phone rings, or doesn’t.

Here’s the longer version:

  • Forrester’s 2025 Buyers’ Journey Survey found 94% of business buyers used AI in their buying process, up from 89% the year before.
  • Twice as many buyers as the year before named generative AI or conversational search a more meaningful source of information than any other source available to them.
  • 61% now work inside a private AI tool their own organization provides, which means the conversation happens where your marketing cannot follow.

The Google side moved in step. SparkToro measured 68% of U.S. searches ending without a click in the first four months of 2026, up from 60% in 2024. Buyers are getting answers from the AI overview instead of links, and that answer names two or three companies rather than 10.

Our own call records say the same thing from the buyer’s side. We analyzed 32 sales calls with manufacturing leaders from a spring 2026 sample; 18 of them surfaced AI search, generative engine optimization, answer engine optimization or zero-click behavior without us raising it first.

We ask everyone who fills out a contact form on our site how they heard about us. ChatGPT, Claude, Copilot and other AI chatbots are becoming more and more common responses.

An executive at an industrial water-treatment company described the habit plainly: “Lots of companies right now are asking recommendations from the chatbots.”

They then described buying that way themselves.

“I want to hire a human resources company, and then I just ask Claude … what are the best options? And then I get a list of options. And those are the companies that I contact, you know?”

Traditional keyword volume data hides this completely. A components manufacturer we audited watched its core category terms register almost nothing in Google: roughly 20 searches a month for one term, zero for another. But buyers still ask those questions. They just ask them somewhere a keyword tool cannot see, and they get a more personalized response to their specific situation than a results page ever gave them.

None of which means buyers have handed over the decision. The head of an industrial-automation company put the boundary where most industrial buyers put it. “I’m not going to let AI diagnose me. I’m still going to go to a doctor. And I’m not going to let AI run my marketing. But I’ll let it point me in the right direction. And that’s honestly, that’s how I found Gorilla 76.”

AI narrows the field. People still choose.

How do AI assistants decide which suppliers to recommend?

An AI assistant builds its answer from pieces of evidence scattered across the internet. The system pulls short passages, usually a few hundred words at a time rather than whole pages, that sit close in meaning to the question. It reranks them, then writes an answer from what survives. (The exact passage size is a design choice each system makes and none of them publish it, so treat the number as a rough order of magnitude rather than a spec.) Your whole site never gets read. Your site either answers the question completely and succinctly, and gets lifted by the AI and cited in its response, or it loses to a competitor that answers the question better.

It helps to know that an assistant is working from two kinds of knowledge:

  • What it learned in training. A broad snapshot of the web, refreshed only every so often, whenever the model’s maker retrains it. This is why an assistant can describe your company from memory. If the web said little about you when the snapshot was taken, the model barely knows you exist, and that stays true until the next refresh.
  • What it looks up at question time. Buyer questions are usually too specific for memory: a spec, a lead time, a supplier for one application in one region. For those, the assistant runs a live search and reads pages the moment the question is asked. This in-the-moment research is called “grounding.”

Training decides whether the model recognizes your name. Grounding decides whether your pages get pulled into today’s answer. Most buying queries are specific enough to trigger the live lookup, which is why the work below matters more than whatever a model memorized about you last year.

Three things have to be true before your name comes out the other end. We call them the three gates:

  1. AI has to be able to read your site.
  2. AI has to be able to lift a clean answer.
  3. AI has to trust your company as a source.

Fail any one of the three and you’re as good as invisible to the buyer looking for your product or service in the chatbot.

Let’s walk through each of these gates, one by one, and how to make sure your company clears each.

The three gates

Three things have to be true before an AI assistant will say your name.
1
AI has to read your site
Can the crawlers get in, and is the content readable?
  • Your spec table is a real table, not a picture of one
  • Your answers live on the page, not inside a PDF download
  • Nothing in your site’s settings turns the AI crawlers away at the door
Fails quietly. Your site looks perfect to you and returns nothing to them.
2
AI has to be able to lift a clean answer
Can it find the answer without reading your whole site?
  • Clear answers to common questions, complete yet succinct
  • Plain language, specific numbers, no throat-clearing
  • One page per question, so nothing competes with itself
Where most good manufacturing sites lose. The expertise is there, buried.
3
AI has to trust your company as a source
Does the rest of the internet back you up?
  • Your company described the same way everywhere it appears
  • Named in the publications and directories the models already read
  • Proof a stranger can check: real jobs, real numbers, real customers
The slowest to build and the hardest for a competitor to copy.
Miss any one of the three and you’re invisible.No matter how well you’ve built the other two.

Gate 1: AI has to be able to read your site

The crawlers that feed AI answers have to get to your pages, and your answers have to live in HTML text rather than inside a PDF or a picture of a table. The reason is mechanical. HTML text is what a crawler actually reads, words sitting right in the page code, ready to lift. A PDF is a separate file many AI crawlers never open. And a picture of a table is just pixels; the numbers inside it don’t exist as text a machine can find, quote or compare.

This gate often fails quietly. Your site looks perfect to you and returns nothing to the AI chatbot trying to answer a buyer question.

What we check, and what fails it:

  • Crawler access. Hard blocks in your CDN or firewall, and crawl-delay lines in robots.txt throttle crawlers to a trickle. Bing’s index is a primary source behind both ChatGPT search and Copilot. When Seer Interactive compared 500-plus ChatGPT citations against Bing across 100 queries, 87% of the citations matched Bing’s top organic results. Seer is careful to call that a match rather than proof of the plumbing, and OpenAI now supplements Bing with its own crawler. Either way, a rule that slows Bing slows ChatGPT’s view of you.
  • Where your content actually lives. Spec sheets, case studies and certifications locked in PDFs are invisible to most AI retrieval. One company we audited had roughly 39,000 words sitting in PDFs against about 8,000 words in HTML.
  • How the page renders. ChatGPT, Perplexity and Claude fetch pages; they don’t run them. Vercel measured real AI crawler traffic across its network and found none of the major AI crawlers render JavaScript: They will download your JavaScript files and never execute them, so anything your site assembles in the browser after the page loads does not exist as far as they’re concerned. Google’s Gemini is the exception, because it inherits Googlebot’s rendering.

What moves the needle: remove the blocks and delay directives, serve your money pages as plain server-rendered HTML and republish your best PDF-trapped proof as page text.

Gate 2: AI has to be able to lift a clean answer

Somewhere on your site there has to be a passage that answers the buyer’s question completely, in plain language, with specific numbers, without the system reading anything else.

This is where most good manufacturing sites lose. The expertise is there, but buried, and not easily extractable by an AI bot.

What we check, and what fails it:

  • Does any page answer the buyer’s question directly? Capability overviews that gesture at everything (without saying anything at all) don’t give anything of substance that an AI can lift.
  • Are the first 200 words the answer, or a warm-up? Make each word count, and make sure you answer questions clearly and succinctly without too much fluff.
  • Are the specifics machine-readable? “Engineered for demanding applications” gives a model nothing. “Rated for 250 degrees Fahrenheit continuous duty” gives it a fact to quote and compare, and a reason to recommend you over someone else for a person’s very specific problem or application.
  • Is the data in real HTML tables and lists, or trapped in a graphic a crawler can’t parse?

What moves the needle: one page per buying question, a direct answer in the first 40 to 60 words, spec tables as actual tables, your buyers’ own vocabulary in the headings and a specific citation for any claim you make. There is academic evidence this works at the page level: Adding statistics, quotations and citations to a page can raise its visibility in generative engine responses by up to 40%.

Gate 3: AI has to trust your company as a source

The rest of the web has to describe you consistently and say the same things about you that you say about yourself. This gate is the slowest to build and the hardest for a competitor to copy.

What we check, and what fails it:

  • Entity consistency. One company name, one address, one description, everywhere: your site, your schema, directories, LinkedIn, data brokers. Contradictions read as unreliability.
  • Third-party footprint. Independent pages that mention you: trade press, directories, reviews, forums. When every citation of your company traces back to your own site, one directory listing and LinkedIn, the model has nothing independent to trust.
  • A findable named expert. A real person with a title, quotes in the press and a profile a model can retrieve.

What moves the needle: fix your directory and data-broker listings, standardize your own description everywhere it appears and put a named human expert in front of your expertise.

This third gate is also why working on your website alone is rarely enough. When we tally where a live AI answer actually got its raw material, the mix shifts by category, and the shift is worth knowing before you spend money.

  • In some categories, third-party roundups supply more of the answer than anything else. We ran this tally on ourselves first. Across 25 live answer records from Claude, ChatGPT and Perplexity in July 2026, for the questions a manufacturer types when they’re shopping for a marketing agency, the “top 10” roundups came first, then review platforms and community discussion, then vendor diagnostic blogs. Every single time Gorilla 76 got named on a non-branded question, the source that put us there was somebody else’s list, never a page of ours.
  • In other categories, the roundups barely exist. In one materials audit, the sources behind the answers were almost entirely manufacturer and distributor sites plus a light layer of trade directories. No forum or community content surfaced at all, which means the standard “get into the Reddit thread” advice would have been wasted effort in that category.
  • Directories carry real weight either way. ThomasNet and its peers kept appearing across the industrial audits, and one company’s citations came back with a directory listing in every single run.

Two things follow. Most of the raw material in an AI answer lives on pages you don’t own. And which pages those are is a question to answer for your category rather than assume, because the answer decides where your off-site effort goes.

Also worth noting:

Appearing in an answer and being recommended in one are different outcomes, and the gap between them is wide. One analysis of 100 B2B “best of” queries in Google’s AI Overviews found that when a brand’s own self-promotional listicle got cited, the brand itself was left off the actual recommendation 69% of the time.

Which is why we track four states rather than one opaque, homogenous “AI search visibility” percentage:

The four appearance states

There is no rank in an AI answer. We score one of four states per question, per platform.
Named & recommended

The assistant names you as a supplier the buyer should contact.

The only state that produces a phone call.
Cited only

Your page is a source link, but a competitor is the recommendation.

Partial credit. You taught the buyer; someone else got the shortlist.
Used without credit

Your content shaped the answer with no link and no name.

Real influence, zero attribution, no way to measure it.
Absent

You don’t appear at all for a question you should own.

The default state for most manufacturers today.

Only the first one rings your phone. Recording all four is what lets you tell a near miss from a total blank, and the two problems have different fixes.

What’s usually broken on a manufacturer’s website?

We ran 11 AI-visibility audits for manufacturers and industrial companies in June and July 2026, and the same seven or eight things came up in almost every single one.

One company from that set shows what absence actually looks like. Decades in business. Its own testing lab. An engineer on staff who chairs an industry standards committee.

We put a handful of its buyers’ real questions to an AI assistant in a blind run. Blind means the assistant got the question and nothing else: no company name, no list of competitors, no hint about who we were checking on.

It was recommended first on one question, the niche application it’s best known for. On four of the remaining five it was never named at all, including its own core product category. Three of those four went to the same competitor, a company named consistently across dozens of independent distributor and directory pages while almost nothing on the open web describes our client.

Decades of proof, and on five of six questions the machine never said that company’s name.

What absence actually looks like

We put questions its own buyers ask to an AI assistant, blind: the question and nothing else. No company name, no competitor list, no hint who we were checking on.
Decades in businessIts own testing labAn engineer who chairs an industry standards committeeCo-develops with customers
The buyer question was about… Were they named? Who got named instead
Their flagship niche application Named first They led the answer. This is what winning looks like.
Their core product category Absent The category leader, plus its distributor network
An adjacent growth market Absent The category leader
A regulated end market Absent The category leader
A commodity application Absent Nobody by name. Just material categories and distributors.
Decades of proof, and on five of six questions the machine never said their name.Three of those answers went to the same competitor, a company named consistently across dozens of independent distributor and directory pages. Almost nothing on the open web describes this company at all.

The rest of the websites we audited failed the same way. Every company in the set was invisible for at least one core buying query it should have owned, and the defects clustered so tightly that the table below reads less like a survey and more like a checklist.

(We’ll detail how, exactly, to fix each of these defects later in this guide.)

What we checked Result The sharpest example in the set Gate it fails
Invisible on at least one core buying query they should own 11 of 11 One company’s two direct competitors went 6-for-6 in AI answers while it went 0-for-6 All, resulting in a failed outcome
Absent from every non-branded buying query tested 2 of 11 One site was never named across all five buyer intents All, resulting in a failed outcome
Missing the schema that tells AI what they sell 11 of 11 One site had no structured data anywhere. Another carried more than 1,700 structured-data statements, not one of them Organization, Product, FAQ or Article 2 · Lift
Third-party footprint too thin for AI to trust 11 of 11 Every citation of one company traced back to its own site, one directory listing and LinkedIn 3 · Trust
Published contradictory facts about themselves 9 of 11 In three cases we watched engines repeat or act on the bad data live: a wrong CEO pulled from data brokers; a new product credited to the two competitors who already own the name; a company confused with a same-state namesake 3 · Trust
Best proof locked where AI can’t read it 8 of 11 Roughly 39,000 words in PDFs against about 8,000 in HTML at one company. More PDFs than web pages at another 1 · Read
Blocking or throttling the crawlers that feed AI answers 8 of 11 (7 on the conservative count) Three hard blocks, one of them challenging every bot including Googlebot. Five robots.txt crawl-delay directives choking the Bing index behind ChatGPT retrieval 1 · Read
Sending stale-content signals 8 of 9 checkable Money pages stamped 2017 to 2019 under a 2026 footer. A site whose only statistic is eight years old. A COVID-era “we are open” line still in the page source in 2026 3 · Trust

If you aren’t listed when your buyers are searching for what you sell, someone is.

Not showing up in those answers?

Wondering which of these defects is the one keeping you out? Why doesn’t my manufacturing company show up in ChatGPT answers? walks through diagnosing your own site against this list: the four causes ranked by how often they were true, a check you can run yourself today and an honest read on how long each fix takes.

Is AI search different from SEO?

Mostly it’s the same work, with three real departures. Cyrus Shepard synthesized 54 experiments, patents and case studies on AI citation behavior and found that most citation factors are traditional SEO factors, sorting the 23 he scored under four signals: relevance, trust, topical authority and extractability. He is careful to say correlation is not causation, and so are we.

The cleanest way to see the difference is as two scoreboards.

  1. The first asks: do we come up when someone searches? You win it with pages that match the keywords people type, building trusted links pointing at those pages and creating a site fast and clean enough to crawl. (The 7 core elements of an industrial marketing and sales strategy covers that work in full.)
  2. The second asks: does the AI say our name out loud? You win it with an answer the model can lift straight off your page, a company described consistently everywhere it appears and trusted third-party sources talking about your company.

You can hold position 1 on the first scoreboard and be absent from the second. Most manufacturers have only ever watched the first.

Two scoreboards

Most of the work overlaps. The scoreboards don’t.
Scoreboard 1 · Do we come up when someone searches?
  • – Pages that match the words people type
  • – Links pointing at those pages
  • – A site fast and clean enough to crawl
The one most manufacturers have watched for 20 years.
Scoreboard 2 · Does the AI say our name out loud?
  • – An answer the model can lift straight off your page
  • – Your company described consistently everywhere it appears
  • – Trusted third-party sources talking about your company
The one your buyers now consult first.
Scoreboard 1: winningNo. 1 to No. 4 on its core money termssame company, same week
Scoreboard 2: absentNot in AI answers for its own differentiator queryreal audit finding, June–July 2026
Scoreboard 1: winning#1 organic result for its brand namesame company, same week
Scoreboard 2: absent0-for-6 on non-branded buying queriesreal audit finding, June–July 2026
You can win the first scoreboard and be absent from the second.Ranking is not the same as being recommended. Most manufacturers have only ever watched the first.

Two examples from the bank of audits we’ve run for manufacturers:

  1. One company ranks No. 1 to No. 4 on its core money terms in Google and does not appear at all in AI answers for its own differentiator query.
  2. Another is the number 1 organic result for its brand name, gets a perfectly accurate branded answer from every assistant, and still went 0-for-6 on non-branded buying queries. Ranking is not the same as being recommended.

When the two scoreboards come apart, the failure is usually at retrieval. Here’s what that looked like in one audit, step by step:

  • The model knew the company. Asked about the firm by name, every assistant described its services accurately, including the exact service in question.
  • The model never surfaced it on buyer-phrased questions. When the question used the buyer’s words instead of the company’s words, the company vanished from the answers.
  • The reason was vocabulary, and it’s mechanical. Retrieval pulls passages that sit close in meaning to the question as the buyer phrased it. The company’s pages described the service in internal language the buyers never use, or in thin, incomplete ways, so its passages never made the cut.
  • The fix was structure and vocabulary on existing pages. A page whose heading asks the question the way buyers ask it, answered in the buyer’s own terms. No new channels, no net-new visibility tactics.
What carries over from SEO What’s genuinely new
Technical crawlability, site speed, server-rendered HTML Passage-level extractability: Can 200 words be lifted and still answer the question?
Topical authority built from depth on a few subjects Entity consistency across the whole web, including directories and data brokers you don’t control
Third-party links and mentions as trust signals Appearance states measured across many phrasings instead of a rank for one keyword
Genuinely useful content that answers a real question Schema as machine-readable fact, not as a rich-snippet play

AEO, GEO and what the acronyms mean

Answer engine optimization (AEO) is the work of getting your pages retrieved and quoted by the tools that answer questions directly: ChatGPT, Perplexity, Copilot, Google’s AI Overviews. The name puts the weight on the answer. An answer engine doesn’t return a list of links for a buyer to work through; it returns a written response, and AEO is about making your page the one that response gets built from.

Generative engine optimization (GEO) describes the same work from the research side of the field. The term comes from the academic team behind the KDD paper cited earlier, who needed a name for optimizing content for engines that generate answers rather than rank pages.

In practice, marketers use AEO and GEO interchangeably.

Both differ from classic SEO mainly in what winning looks like. SEO earns your page a position in a list of links on Google or Bing. AEO and GEO earn your company a mention inside the AI answer itself, and the passage-level, entity-level work above is how.

But the overlap is large, and SEO still holds up fine as the umbrella term: A buyer asks a machine a question, whether that machine is Google or an LLM, and you want to be what the machine says back.

If your team keeps calling all of this SEO, they’re not wrong.

It’s worth knowing marketers have settled on the vocabulary faster than buyers have. We mined our own sales-call corpus, 62 call records with manufacturing leaders from November 2025 through May 2026, and not one buyer brought up “AEO,” “GEO” or “LLMO” (large language model optimization). They say “AI,” “ChatGPT,” “SEO” and “chatbots.”

What do the manufacturers who do show up have in common?

Five things, and every clean win in our bank of audits had at least two of them:

  1. A page built for one buying question. The wins traced to sharp application pages and to blog posts that answered the exact question a buyer asked, not to capability overviews trying to cover everything. Do this: pick the 10 buying questions you most want to own and give each one its own page.
  2. Concrete specs and numbers in text a machine can read. An assistant quoted one manufacturer’s at-a-glance spec blocks almost word for word. One equipment manufacturer’s winning page opens with a real answer and a 3-to-24-month payback figure. Another’s FAQ pages name its competitors and real customer cities, and those pages anchored its lead placement on Perplexity. Do this: put a number on every claim, in an HTML table, directly on the page.
  3. Write copy intended to be lifted by AI. One win came down to plain, concrete process descriptions that got quoted almost verbatim in all three runs we recorded. Do this: open each page with the direct answer in the first 40 to 60 words.
  4. Owned media plus accurate entity data. One decades-old firm in the set gets an accurate profile from all four assistants, built on a recurring market report its industry actually reads, a long-running podcast and directory data that agrees with itself everywhere. Do this: publish something recurring your industry cites, and make every listing about you agree.
  5. A named human expert. In one audit we mapped every competitor that beat our client on the buying queries it lost. All of them pair a recurring branded report with a named, press-quoted person behind it. The inverse shows up all over our audits: a standards-committee chair with no findable presence online, an owner unnamed on their own company’s site and a wrong CEO filled in by data brokers because there was no extractable leadership information to correct them. Do this: name your expert on your site, give them a real bio page and put them in front of the trade press.

No. 2 on that list is worth seeing at page level, because the gap is almost embarrassing once the two pages sit side by side.

Take this illustrative case of a generator manufacturer:

  • A buyer asks which manufacturers make units quiet enough to install near occupied space, because noise is a hard constraint on the job.
  • Seven competitors come back named. Every one of the seven has published an actual sound-level figure somewhere on its site.
  • Our client builds the quieter unit — but never published the specific numbers that back that up on their site. The quiet-operation claim lives in adjectives on the website and in specifics only in sales conversations.

A machine can lift “rated at or below 55 decibels (dB) at 1 meter” and line it up against six other suppliers. It can do nothing at all with “exceptionally quiet.”

That’s a real finding from a real July 2026 measurement run (with the industry and product changed): seven competitors named on a spec-constrained question, every one of them publishing the number, our client publishing none of it and appearing nowhere in the answer.

Why the competitor wins the answer

A buyer asks which industrial generators are quiet enough to install near occupied space, because noise is a hard constraint on the job. Seven competitors get named. Every one of them has published an actual number.
Our client’s page — absent from the answer
your-company.com/generators
Engineered for Quiet, Reliable Operation
Engineered for exceptionally quiet operation, ideal for noise-sensitive environments.
No sound figure anywhere on the site
Nothing here a machine can quote back
A competitor’s page — named in the answer
competitor.com/low-noise-units
How quiet is a low-noise unit?
Our standard units are rated at or below 55 dB at 1 meter, measured to the published industry method.
Model class Sound level Industry limit
Standard 52 dB 60 dB
Large 55 dB 64 dB
A number a machine can lift and compare
Answers the buyer’s question in one line
NamedCompetitor 1figure published
NamedCompetitor 2figure published
NamedCompetitor 3figure published
+ 4 more all with figures
Not namedOur clientwho genuinely builds the quieter unit, and never put the figure on a page

None of the five mechanisms is something you can game, which is good news if you have real expertise:

  • Keyword stuffing does nothing here; the model reads for meaning, not repetition.
  • Bought backlinks don’t earn a mention by name.
  • Mass-produced AI content adds pages that say what a thousand other pages already said.

What moves the answer:

  1. Answering the question more completely than anyone else has.
  2. Publishing the numbers and specifics only you have: tolerances, lead times, failure rates, real job outcomes.
  3. Original research that third parties end up citing with your name attached.

Freshness helps, within limits. Ahrefs studied nearly 17 million cited URLs and found AI assistants cite content 25.7% fresher than organic results: 1,064 days old on average against 1,432, with ChatGPT preferring URLs 458 days newer than Google organic. That average cited page is still 2.9 years old, so age alone is not disqualifying. Like traditional search, AI assistants mostly cite content that has been around a while.

Redating a page without changing its substance does nothing.

What can a manufacturer do to show up in ChatGPT, Claude and Perplexity?

An executive at an industrial water-treatment company asked us this in almost these words: “So in fact, what can we do in order to appear in … those lists?”

Here’s a list of six things you can do, ordered roughly by how fast they pay off:

The fix What it means in practice What we saw Honest effort
1. Add the schema that says what you sell Organization, FAQ and Product or Service markup that matches the visible page Recommended in 11 of 11 action plans Small, usually an afternoon of work
2. Get your specs out of PDFs and into HTML Spec tables and case-study numbers as page text Eight of 11 had proof locked in PDFs, gated assets or audio Medium, and it’s content work rather than IT work
3. Say your own name the same way everywhere One company name, one address, one canonical description, with sameAs links Recommended in most plans. Nine of 11 published contradictory facts about themselves Small on site, longer to correct directories and data brokers
4. Use your buyers’ words, not your category’s The phrases buyers actually type, verbatim, on the page, with question-shaped headings and the answer first Recommended in most plans. In one audit, not one of the three terms that buyers used constantly in interviews appeared verbatim on any page we scored Small, and free
5. Publish the proof you already have, with numbers The quantified customer results sitting in a sales deck (published case studies with real numbers are the strongest form) Recommended in six plans, including an unpublished 40% efficiency result and a six-figure savings buried in prose Medium, gated on customer approval
6. Stop blocking the crawlers that feed AI answers Remove hard blocks and crawl-delay directives, then fix your directory listings Recommended in seven plans, usually rated low effort Small, and the fastest win in the set

No. 4 is the one manufacturers underestimate. A buyer interviewed during one of the audits described their first move as typing the plainest possible word for the product itself and, in their words, “go simple.”

Your content, too, should “go simple.”

How would you know if it’s working?

Here’s the honest answer.

You can’t measure AI search the way your SEO dashboard measures rankings. Anyone who hands you a single tidy score is smoothing over how this actually works.

What you can do is triangulate with a handful of instruments, anchor on the one number that matters (qualified leads who found you through AI), and treat the qualitative signal from real buyers as data rather than anecdote.

Why your SEO dashboard habits won’t transfer

A rank tracker works because Google returns roughly the same results to roughly everyone.

AI answers don’t behave that way, for three reasons you can verify yourself right after you read this:

  • The same question returns different answers run to run. Ask an assistant the same buying question twice in a row and you’ll usually get two different shortlists. SparkToro tested this at scale: 600 volunteers ran 12 prompts through ChatGPT, Claude and Google’s AI for 2,961 responses, and found under a 1-in-100 chance that two runs of the same prompt return the same list of brands. Order is worse; closer to 1-in-1,000. Marketers call this surface variance: The answer surface shifts under repeated measurement. One reading is a coin flip, and a trend line built from single readings is a coin-flip diary.
  • Different assistants pull from different sources and behave differently. A score on ChatGPT is not comparable to a score on Gemini, because each assembles answers from a measurably different mix of pages. Ramp ran a 32-day experiment serving tracked content to AI bots and watched Claude surface its offer consistently while ChatGPT never surfaced it once, despite visiting the pages.
  • The model can’t tell you why. When an assistant explains why it recommended someone, that explanation is not reliable evidence of how it decided. Behavior is the signal. The stated reasoning is color.

Our own measurement bank holds the sharpest version of that lesson. One buyer question, three surfaces, the same afternoon:

  • Perplexity named the company and recommended it first.
  • Google returned the company’s own page as the top organic result and produced no recommendation at all, because no AI Overview rendered for that query. Cited, not recommended.
  • ChatGPT never mentioned the company once, across an answer running roughly 8,000 characters. A competitor took the top pick.

One question, one afternoon, three different verdicts on whether this company exists. Any single spot check would have given you an incorrect sense of how visible this company was in AI search, because the result can vary widely depending on which AI chatbot you talk to, whether it’s on your work computer or home computer and a million other factors.

One question, three surfaces, three different answers

One buyer question. Three assistants. The same afternoon. Three of the four appearance states, all at once.
Perplexity

Recommended

Named the company and put it first in the answer.

Reads like: we’re winning this question.
Google

Cited only

The company’s own page came back as the top organic result, and no AI Overview rendered, so nothing got recommended at all.

Reads like: great ranking, no recommendation.
ChatGPT

Absent

Not one mention across an answer of roughly 8,000 characters. A competitor took the top pick.

Reads like: the company does not exist.
Any single check would have been wrong.Which wrong thing you got would have depended on which tab you happened to open. Nothing about the company changed between these three reads. That’s why the same questions get re-run on a schedule instead of spot-checked.

A manufacturing leader we spoke with recently figured out the volatility problem without any help from us.

“You can do the same search through them two times in a row, and one time your score out of 100 might be 10 and the next time it might be 32. So it’s not real consistent, but it gives you an idea, and I check that.”

They apply the same skepticism to the answers themselves.

“The thing about AI is it’s never going to tell you it doesn’t know the answer. It’ll give you an answer; it doesn’t mean it’s right. … So it’s like, okay, I got to verify what you told me is true.”

This is also why the “AI visibility score” a tool subscription sells you tends to feel wrong.

A single percentage averages all that variance into false precision, and you can’t take it apart to see which question, which platform, which day. We’ve watched a single-tool reading report 97% visibility against a reality that looked nothing like it.

A number you can’t decompose into individual query results is a number you can’t act on.

Why you can’t game it, and why that’s good news

Early SEO rewarded volume plays: target “what are generators,” publish a thin page, celebrate the traffic spike and never mind that nobody visiting that blog post was ever going to buy a generator. That playbook has no equivalent here, and we consider that a feature.

The model reads for meaning. It lifts the passage that answers the buyer’s specific question and ignores the one that repeats a keyword at it. The only reliable way to show up is to publish the most complete, most specific answer available, which happens to be the same thing that persuades the human who reads it after the AI quotes it. There’s no benchmark to game because there’s no single benchmark at all. The work is the ranking factor.

So we don’t celebrate traffic spikes, and we won’t promise you one. A manufacturer shortlisted by ChatGPT for one high-intent buying question is worth more than 10,000 visits from people asking what a generator is. (We hold our own content to the same standard, and we’ve published how we use AI in our marketing and content creation, since the bar applies to us too.)

What to measure instead

Since no single number is trustworthy, measure like a scientist with several imperfect instruments rather than a gamer with one score to beat.

What you’re trying to learn How to measure it honestly Where it comes from
Do AI assistants name us for the buying questions we should own? A fixed basket of buyer-phrased prompts, re-run monthly, scored as one of the four appearance states per question per platform. Movement across months is signal; any single run is noise Monthly prompt-basket re-runs
Is awareness of us growing where we can’t see the referral? Branded search volume and direct traffic, watched as trend lines. AI assistants send buyers who then Google your name Search Console, Semrush, your analytics (the SEO proxies)
Do Google’s own AI surfaces show us? AI Overviews and AI Mode impressions, now reported directly Google Search Console
Is any of this producing pipeline? “How did you hear about us?” answered in the buyer’s own words Your high-intent forms and your first sales calls
Who keeps getting recommended instead of us? The competitor names that recur across basket runs, tracked by name The same monthly re-runs

The North Star: a qualified lead who names AI

Every instrument above is a proxy except one. The point of this work is a real, qualified buyer saying some version of “I asked ChatGPT who does this and you came up.”

That’s the number to build your reporting around, and it takes deliberate instrumentation to capture:

  • Put “How did you hear about us?” on every high-intent form, as a free-text field rather than a dropdown. This is where one manufacturer found “ChatGPT” typed in by hand. A dropdown without an AI option erases the signal.
  • Ask again on the first sales call, and go one layer deeper: What did you search, which tool and what did it tell you about us? Log the answers somewhere your marketing team reads.
  • Feed those answers back into the content plan. The questions buyers say they asked, in the words they used, are the next pages to build and the next prompts to add to the measurement basket. Treat that qualitative signal as the steering input for the whole program.

On timelines, the honest answer depends on which of the three gates you’re failing, and our 11 audits give the shape of it:

  • The read gate moves fastest: unblocking crawlers and adding schema rated the smallest efforts in our action plans, usually an afternoon of work.
  • The lift gate is content work, measured in weeks per page.
  • The trust gate is the slow one: Directory cleanup, third-party mentions and a findable named expert build over months. Perhaps building and releasing a podcast (which is a slow burn). Perhaps an organic content strategy for the top leaders at your company.

Where does this data come from?

Every finding we describe as ours comes from 11 AI-visibility audits of manufacturers and industrial companies, run in June and July 2026, plus the monthly measurement runs that follow them and one audit we ran on ourselves. Where a number comes from somebody else’s research, it’s linked in the sentence that uses it.

The core of each audit is what we call a prompt basket, and it’s less exotic than it sounds. A prompt basket is a fixed list of questions, written the way your buyers actually phrase them, one question per buying intent. Five intents, five questions, put to four assistants: 20 answer records per cycle. Some baskets carry a sixth question where a client has a sixth intent worth watching.

Here’s each intent, with the kind of question it holds, using an industrial generator manufacturer as the example:

  1. Researching a category. “What should I look for in an industrial generator for continuous duty at a food processing plant?”
  2. Comparing suppliers. “Who are the leading industrial generator manufacturers for hospital backup power?”
  3. Solving a problem. “Our plant’s backup generator keeps tripping under load. What causes that, and who can help?”
  4. Vetting a shortlist. “We’re down to two generator manufacturers. What separates a good one from a great one for a critical-power project?”
  5. Checking a specific company. “What does [generator manufacturer] make, and how do they compare to the bigger names?”

We put the same questions to ChatGPT, Claude, Perplexity and Gemini, and score every answer as one of the four appearance states: named and recommended, cited only, used without credit, absent. Then we re-run the identical basket monthly, so movement is comparable month to month rather than run to run.

The prompt basket, explained

Five questions, one for each way a buyer comes at you, written the way your buyers actually phrase them and asked the same way every month.
1
Five buyer questions
One per buying intent, pulled from real sales calls rather than keyword tools
  • Researching a category
  • Comparing suppliers
  • Solving a problem
  • Vetting a shortlist
  • Checking a specific company
2
4 assistants, blind
The same five questions, put to each
  • ChatGPT
  • Claude
  • Perplexity
  • Gemini
3
20 answers scored
One of four appearance states per answer, every cycle
  • Named & recommended
  • Cited only
  • Used without credit
  • Absent
What one question looks like over three months
Buyer question Month 1 Month 2 Month 3
“Who should I look at for [what you make]?” Absent Cited only Named & recommended
Movement across months is signal. Any single run is noise.The identical basket re-runs monthly, so this month’s read is comparable to last month’s.

Which questions go in the basket is decided by your sales-call and subject-matter-expert interview transcripts rather than by search volume. The queries worth measuring often carry no measurable volume at all.

Feeding a content plan with qualitative insights is standard practice at any good content shop. What’s specific here is the combination of buyer language deciding the measured query set, an evidence gate on every audit claim and monthly re-measurement on an unchanged instrument.

Beyond the basket, Gorilla 76 also does a comprehensive AI search audit that works through six questions about the site itself:

  1. Can the crawlers that feed AI answers reach your pages? We test robots.txt rules, crawl-delay directives, and firewall and CDN challenges. We also fetch key pages the way ChatGPT, Claude, Perplexity and Bing do.
  2. If they read your site, can they lift a clean answer? We score your key pages for direct answers, structure, tables versus images and how much of your proof lives in PDFs instead of page text.
  3. Does your site tell machines what you sell? We read your structured data from the raw HTML: Organization, FAQ and Product or Service markup, and whether it matches the visible page.
  4. What do the assistants say about you right now? The blind basket runs, plus branded checks: ask each assistant about your company by name and grade the answer for accuracy.
  5. Is your content built around your buyers’ questions? We map your pages against the questions from your own sales calls and look for the gaps, including vocabulary mismatches between what buyers say and what your pages say.
  6. Does the rest of the web back you up? We trace where your citations come from, check your directory and data-broker listings for contradictions and look for a named, findable expert.

The data sources behind those six: a full crawl of your site, raw-HTML schema reads, live crawler-access tests, Google Search Console and analytics where access exists, keyword and authority data from Semrush, your directory and review-platform listings, plus the transcripts of real sales conversations that supply the buyer language.

What does a year of this work actually build?

A one-time audit is a snapshot: what the assistants say about you today, why, plus a ranked fix list. Useful, and incomplete, because the answers move.

The real system is a loop that runs monthly, and it helps to see a full cycle from the start.

The first month is the baseline. The audit above runs in full: what every assistant currently says about you across the prompt basket, which of the three gates you’re failing and where, and a fix list ranked by speed to payoff. This is the “you are here” map. Think of the year as a drive from Los Angeles to New York. The baseline hands you the map and the starting point, and every re-run after that is a road sign telling you to stay the course or take a better route.

Each month after that, the loop runs:

  1. Fix and build. Work the fix list, and publish content engineered to answer specific buyer questions from the basket more completely than whatever the assistants currently cite.
  2. Re-run the same basket. The identical questions, the same assistants, scored the same way.
  3. Read the movement. Which questions moved from absent to cited or cited to recommended? Which didn’t move at all? Which competitor gained?
  4. Fold what you learned into the next cycle. The questions that moved tell you what works for your buyers. The ones that didn’t tell you where the next month’s effort goes.

The route from “you are here” to “meaningful results”

Think of the year as a drive from Los Angeles to New York. The baseline audit is the map. Every monthly re-run is a road sign that tells you whether to stay the course or take a different route.
123Re-runRe-runRe-runLos AngelesYou are here: baseline auditNew Yorknamed and recommendedMeaningful results:
Branch 1Nothing movedFour questions sat still. Reroute next month’s effort instead of pushing harder on the same page.
Branch 2A new defect surfacedThe re-run found something broken. Detour and fix it before building anything else.
Branch 3A structure got liftedA page got quoted almost word for word. Shortcut: use that structure everywhere it fits.
1Fix & buildWork the fix list. Publish pages that answer basket questions better than what’s cited now.
2Re-run the basketIdentical questions, same assistants, same scoring.
3Read the movementWhat moved, what didn’t, who gained. Every bet scored against its written expectation.
4Fold it back inThe findings pick next month’s route.
The re-runs are the road signs.The baseline audit tells you where you’re starting from. Every re-run after that decides the route, and month 12 starts from everything the first 11 months proved.

Every piece of content in that loop gets framed as a bet and written down before it ships: what we expect it to do, and what result would tell us to move on. A real one looks like this:

Every piece of content is a written-down bet

Before anything ships, three lines get written down. A real one looks like this.
The bet, on record before it ships
The bet
Publish an answer page for one repair-or-replace question buyers keep asking.
What we expect
Named in that answer on two of three platforms.
We move on if
No movement by the next quarterly read.
Scored either way. A bet that hits gets doubled down on; a bet that doesn’t still pays you back as a recorded answer about your buyers, so nobody spends money on the same question twice.

The system is built to find the winning ideas and tactics for YOUR company and YOUR context and YOUR buyers fast: more bets, each one cheap, each one scored against a written expectation. The bets that hit get doubled down on. And the ones that don’t still pay you back, because each one is a recorded answer about your buyers and your category that keeps anyone from spending money on the same question twice.

What compounds is the insight.

Month 12 starts from everything the first 11 months proved:

  • Which questions your buyers actually ask assistants
  • Which answers moved appearance states
  • Which page structures got lifted word for word
  • Which bets paid and which taught you something

A one-time audit hands you a to-do list. A year of scored cycles hands you a knowledge base about your own buyers that no tool subscription can generate, because three of its four inputs (your experts, your buyer conversations, your customers’ own words) live inside your company.

Letting these insights compound is key to any sound industrial marketing strategy.

Insight compounds, if you let it

Month 1Month 6Month 12What you know about your buyers →What you carry forward is the whole gap
Compounding: every cycle’s finding is written down and carried forwardA tool’s checklist: the same one your competitor bought; it learns nothing about your buyers“We tried that, it didn’t work”: one test, a verdict, a fresh start; each reset throws the learning away

Frequently asked questions

Is this the same thing our SEO agency already does?
Mostly, with three real differences. Most AI-citation factors are traditional SEO factors, per Cyrus Shepard’s synthesis of 54 experiments, patents and case studies, with his correlation caveat attached. What’s new is passage-level extractability, entity consistency across sites you don’t own and a scoreboard of appearance states instead of ranks.
How long before we show up in AI answers?
It depends on which of the three gates you’re failing, because the fixes move at different speeds. Across our 11 audit action plans, crawler and schema fixes rated the smallest efforts (usually a developer afternoon), extractable content is weeks of work per page, and trust signals build over months. First citations of purpose-built pages might appear within one to two weeks and measurable pipeline impact might take three to four months.
Can anyone guarantee ChatGPT will recommend us?
No. The same prompt rarely returns the same list of companies twice, different assistants cite from different source mixes and a model’s own explanation of its recommendation isn’t reliable. A guaranteed placement is a promise about a number nobody controls.
Do we need an llms.txt file?
No credible evidence supports it. In this study llms.txt scored dead last of the 23 citation factors ranked, and the author’s own note is blunt: He could not find any credible evidence or experiment showing llms.txt files influence AI citations at all. The work that moves appearance states is schema, extractable page text, entity consistency and a strong third-party footprint.
Does it matter if AI cites us but doesn’t recommend us?
It’s a partial state worth tracking rather than a win. One analysis of 100 B2B “best of” queries in Google’s AI Overviews found a brand’s own self-promotional listicle cited while the brand was left off the recommendation 69% of the time. The sharper finding sits underneath that number: The thin listicle where — surprise! — you rank yourself first doesn’t earn the recommendation. The engines pull the competitor names out of your own article and recommend them instead, and Google has been demoting exactly this kind of self-proclaimed-expert content. Third-party roundups carry weight because someone else wrote them. Your own version votes against you. That gap is why we record four appearance states instead of one.
Should we still care about Google?
Yes. The rise of AI search is not the death of Google search; buyers added a surface, they didn’t trade one for the other, and the two are connected. 68% of US searches now end without a click, per SparkToro, while AI Overviews and AI Mode run on Google’s own index and Search Console reports their impressions. Buyers also Google the names AI hands them before they call. Ranking well still isn’t enough on its own. One company we audited ranked 1 to 4 on its money terms and was absent from its own differentiator query.

Where this goes next

The owner of a niche equipment manufacturer described their position to us this way: “The stuff is so fledgling and it’s so new in our industry so antiquated that I don’t think very many of my competitors even know you can rank for AI, let alone SEO, so we’re still kind of top dog there.”

That advantage has a shelf life. But read it again from the other side: Entire industrial categories are sitting wide open right now.

In our audits, whole buying questions had answers assembled from directories and generalists because no manufacturer had bothered to answer them. On one query, no manufacturer appeared at all.

For the companies that move first, here’s what seizing it looks like:

  • Pick the 10 buying questions you want to own and publish the page that answers each one better than anything the assistants currently cite.
  • Publish the numbers only you have. Your tolerances, lead times, payback periods and real job outcomes become the comparison baseline the machine quotes, and your competitors get measured against your figures.
  • Put your expert’s name on it. While competitors stay faceless, your named person becomes the one the models and the trade press can actually cite.
  • Re-ask the questions monthly and let the movement tell you where to press.

The buyer questions are already being asked. The pages that answer them are being written right now, by somebody.

Let that somebody be you.

If you want to know which questions your buyers are asking assistants, and what the answers currently say about you, that’s the work we do. The owner of an industrial repair contractor put the goal better than we could: “I want to be the answer.”

How we use AI at Gorilla 76

AI is the talk of every industry, especially marketing. 

Much of the conversation is dominated by two extremes. On one side, people act as if AI could replace every marketer with a pulse. On the other, people say AI can only be used to produce generic slop. We think the truth lies somewhere in the middle. 

At Gorilla 76, we use AI because it’s useful, and we think agencies that ignore it are leaving real value on the table. However, it must be used responsibly. 

AI has a place in our work, just not in the driver’s seat. 

AI is a useful tool 

AI tools already have proven use cases that save our agency a lot of time and effort, like handling volume, generating options and speeding up processes that don’t require deep expertise or judgment. 

It can be good for brainstorming when pressure-testing angles or generating options early in the process. It’s also useful for outlining, summarizing and helping structure raw data and other information. It can help clean up transcripts from technical SME interviews, edit images, translate content, assist with coding tasks and otherwise speed up some of the legwork, so our people can focus on the strategic and knowledge work. 

A lot of marketing work isn’t as simple as “write the article” or “make the page.” Much of the work is deciding what to say in the first place. It’s finding the angle, collecting the raw material, clarifying your message and making complex topics easy to understand. 

AI can help with some of that. It can give you a decent starting point. It helps you brainstorm, move faster and overcome blank-page syndrome. But it can’t replace experienced people making smart decisions. 

We do not treat AI outputs as finished work 

Clients hire us for our professional judgement, not an AI platform’s. It can’t be trusted to produce actionable strategy or publishable content. 

If something goes out under our or a client’s name, a human being is responsible for it. Everything we produce is carefully written, edited and fact checked. Claims are verified and language is refined. Anything vague, incorrect or generic is fixed or cut.  

We’ve all seen what happens when people skip those steps. You get hallucinated facts and misleading claims, along with bland copy that only rises to the median. 

New tools, same standards 

As we adopt new tools, quality standards become more important than ever.  

Some companies talk about AI as if the normal rules of professional conduct suddenly don’t apply. 

We don’t see it that way. Accuracy, honesty and originality still matter. If anything, their value increases as AI makes it easier to move fast and break things. 

But we’re not interested in cutting corners. The fact that something can be generated quickly does not make it worth publishing, whether it’s a blog post, messaging framework or campaign asset. 

You won’t see Gorilla using AI to plagiarize, misrepresent or rush through anything. We’re not going to neutralize nuance, oversimplify technical subjects or crank out filler just because the machine makes it easy. 

Confidentiality comes before convenience 

What goes into these tools matters as much as what comes out. 

Clients trust agencies with sensitive business information, which comes with serious responsibilities. 

We’re careful about what goes into AI systems and would never put your sensitive business data into an unsecure platform. Sensitive data may include contracts and legal agreements, customer and sales data, and revenue, margins or cost structure. Sensitive client information only goes into tools we subscribe to that include privacy in their user policies. 

Responsible experimentation and innovation 

AI moves fast. New tools show up every week. Most of them promise some version of the same thing: more speed, more automation, less effort. That doesn’t mean they belong in client work. 

At Gorilla 76, we want our use of AI to be intentional, governed and accountable. 

Saying, “we’re experimenting,” sounds harmless right up until confidential information ends up in the wrong place or low-grade output sneaks into work that’s supposed to reflect careful thinking. 

AI can’t replace expertise 

This is really the bottom line. 

If you work with Gorilla 76, AI may help us brainstorm or structure information. But it is not doing the thinking for us. 

Our strategists are still responsible for campaign management. Our writers are still responsible for writing, accuracy and clarity. Our account teams are still responsible for the final output. Human beings will always make the judgment calls. 

Clients do not hire agencies for the tools we subscribe to. They hire agencies for taste, expertise and perspective. AI won’t change that. 

If you’ve got more questions about how we use AI or how we help clients optimize for AI in their marketing plans, reach out to us. We’ll be happy to talk. 

Here’s why you can’t do industrial marketing without marketing automation tools

It happens all the time. Small in-house marketing teams juggle trade show leads, follow-up emails, performance tracking and content promotion. Everything is spread across spreadsheets and inboxes.

Even with the most diligent tracking, things slip through the cracks.

And in the industrial world, missed touch points can mean missed revenue: 

  • A buyer who asked for a quote three months ago but never heard back may now be signing with a competitor.
  • A plant manager who downloaded a maintenance guide last year could have been nurtured into a customer — if only the team had stayed top-of-mind.
  • A distributor misses out on a potential lead (and isn’t happy about it).

None of the above should be happening. And it won’t, if you invest in the right marketing automation tools.

How are industrial marketers using marketing automation tools?

Some typical industrial marketing challenges: sales cycles stretch for months (sometimes years), buying decisions involve multiple stakeholders with different priorities and calling your marketing team “lean” is generous.  

At the same time, leadership expects more leads, faster follow-up and clear proof that marketing is generating revenue — without expanding headcount.

So industrial marketers turn to marketing automation platforms to execute, manage and measure repetitive marketing activities.

Generally, because of a few core objectives: 

  • Centralizing customer and lead data so marketing and sales share one source of truth
  • Signaling the best leads to sales and following those leads’ entire buyer journey, from first contact to signed contract
  • Following up faster and more consistently without relying on manual processes
  • Streamlining long nurture cycles by automating the delivery of relevant, targeted content to engineers, procurement, plant managers and executives who all have different interests
  • Gaining visibility into ROI so every marketing dollar is accounted for (and you can see exactly what content you’re producing is leading to conversions)
  • Scaling efforts without scaling headcount, allowing small teams to run like big ones, and spending less time on spreadsheets and more time doing the work that feels high-value

CRM vs. marketing automation vs. ERP: What’s the difference and why does it matter?

You could edit a whole dictionary of marketing jargon and you still might get these terms wrong. The distinctions between CRMs, marketing automation platforms and ERPs are tough to grasp because these terms often get used interchangeably.

A common question we hear is: “I already have a CRM or an ERP — why would I need a marketing automation platform too?”  Which is fair, because the lines between these systems can feel blurry, and in some cases, tools even try to bundle them together.

So let’s clear these terms up:

  • CRM (customer relationship management): the system of record for your sales team. It stores contact data, tracks interactions and manages deals in the pipeline. Think of it as the place where sales lives.
  • Marketing automation: the engine that actively nurtures prospects. It runs campaigns, triggers workflows, sends follow-ups and tracks how people are engaging with your brand along the way.
  • ERP (enterprise resource planning): the operational backbone of the business. It manages manufacturing, inventory, finance and the supply chain.

Some platforms blend these functions — HubSpot, for example, is both a CRM and a marketing automation system. Many ERPs now offer CRM add-ons. The catch? Most ERPs and even some CRMs weren’t built for marketing. They can house customer data, but they typically fall short when it comes to attribution, automation and nurturing prospects at scale. That’s where a true marketing automation platform earns its place.

The short answer: Whether bundled or spread across different tools, you need all three roles covered in your tech stack.

Common features to look for in a marketing automation system

Many CRMs offer a handful of marketing features, and it’s easy to assume that’s enough. But a true marketing automation system goes further — connecting the dots across campaigns, personalizing outreach at scale and making sure nothing slips through the cracks. When evaluating options, here are the core features most industrial teams should look for:

  • Lead capture and management: website forms that flow directly into a CRM, lifecycle stage management and clear source attribution across campaigns
  • Automation: nurturing sequences triggered by actions, lead scoring to surface sales-ready opportunities and task reminders to keep teams aligned
  • Email marketing: tools for effective, personalized campaigns with robust performance tracking
  • Sales support: activity tracking across calls, emails and quotes, plus automated reminders for timely follow-up
  • Segmentation and personalization: ability to track properties like industry type or buyer role, and create dynamic lists to engage specific segments
  • Advertising integration: native connections with Google Ads, LinkedIn, and Meta for centralized targeting and reporting
  • CRM and ERP integration: pass data seamlessly from your marketing automation platform to your CRM and, where relevant, your ERP
  • Customer support infrastructure: dedicated onboarding, resources and troubleshooting to help teams get the most from the system

HubSpot: Gorilla 76’s recommended platform for marketing automation

There are plenty of marketing automation platforms that promise similar features. We’ve worked inside a number of them, and while many handle parts of the job well, most start to break down when it comes to the big picture — connecting marketing to revenue, keeping data clean, and making adoption and usage easy for industrial teams of all sizes.

That’s where HubSpot stands apart. It isn’t just that the platform has the right functionality — it’s that it’s intuitive enough for your team to actually use it. And when adoption goes up, so does the quality of your data. Cleaner data means better reporting, smarter decisions and more confident sales conversations.

For most of our clients, three things make the biggest impact:

  • Visibility: finally connecting marketing activities to real sales outcomes
  • Scalability: a system that grows with you, instead of holding you back
  • Alignment: sales and marketing working from the same source of truth

HubSpot is built so marketing and sales can see the entire buyer journey in one place. Every interaction — from downloading a troubleshooting guide, to visiting a pricing page, to chatting with your team — is captured automatically. Profiles update in real time. The next best action is triggered without anyone needing to remember it.

Some of the features that make this possible include:

  • CRM and contact management: one record of truth for every lead, customer and opportunity
  • Email marketing automation: drip campaigns that nurture prospects automatically, like following up with an engineer who downloads a spec sheet
  • Internal workflow automation: behind-the-scenes processes that clean up data and alert sales when it’s time to act
  • Lead nurturing workflows: triggered sequences based on behavior, like reminders to complete a quote request
  • Forms and landing pages: simple ways to capture leads that flow directly into the CRM
  • Behavioral tracking: insight into which product pages or resources a contact is viewing

The beauty of HubSpot is how everything connects. No more scattered spreadsheets. No more forgotten follow-ups. Just one system that keeps marketing and sales in sync, ensures prospects are nurtured at the right time and makes it easy to see which efforts are paying off.

If these objectives are on your radar for the next 12 months, now’s the time to explore marketing automation. We can help evaluate your current tech stack, identify gaps and determine whether HubSpot is the right fit.

The basics of implementing HubSpot

Sounds intimidating? It’s easier than it looks. A typical rollout might include:

  • Choosing the right tier: Starter, Pro or Enterprise, depending on features and budget (Pro or Enterprise often fit best for industrial teams)
  • Importing and clean data: Bring in existing contacts, remove duplicates and standardize fields
  • Connecting forms: Make sure every website and campaign form pushes leads directly into HubSpot
  • Building workflows: Start small with a few core automations, such as:
    • Trade show lead capture → 3-part email series
    • Quote request → instant confirmation email + sales alert
    • New contact from “Contact Us” form → automated welcome email + task created for sales rep follow-up
  • Creating dashboards: Track lead sources, conversion rates and pipeline health in one view

Many companies partner with a HubSpot Solutions Partner (like Gorilla 76) to speed up configuration, training and optimization — shortening the time to value.

FAQs about marketing automation for industrial companies

Is marketing automation software worth the cost?
The investment often pays for itself through time savings, higher conversion rates and clear ROI tracking.

Can sales and marketing both use it?
Yes — it’s designed to align both teams and deliver qualified leads directly to the right people.

What if we don’t have much content yet?
Start small. Even a simple thank-you sequence or product intro series can make an impact.

When will I see impact?
It varies, but most teams see strong improvements to their marketing and sales infrastructure within 3–6 months, depending on sales cycle length.

Can it integrate with ERP or quoting systems?
Yes, many marketing automation tools have native integrations or options for APIs to make it flexible.

How quickly can we implement a marketing automation system?
Most industrial teams can launch core functions in 30–60 days, with fuller adoption in 3–6 months.

Can a marketing automation system replace our existing CRM?
No — but it should integrate with one. Some platforms combine both functions, while others connect with your existing CRM. Either way, you’ll want both covered to keep data clean and teams aligned.

Does automation work for niche or custom products?
Absolutely — it’s especially valuable for long, consultative sales processes.

Does marketing automation provide ROI?
Not from new leads alone — but from better visibility and freed-up time. With automation handling tracking and follow-ups, your team can focus on the activities that actually drive revenue.

This article is a great place to start, but if you want to chat with an expert about how this could work for your specific business, feel free to book a free consultation.

How to adapt in a changing B2B manufacturing buying landscape

The buying landscape has changed in B2B manufacturing

These four photos represent the ways most manufacturers have approached new sales development over the past decade (or in the cases of images A, B and C, since the beginning of time!):

changing b2b buying landscape

  • Image A: The Three Rs (relationships, referrals and repeat business)
  • Image B: Trade shows
  • Image C: Calling on prospects and past customers (phone, email, knocking on doors, etc)
  • Image D: Getting discovered through Google searches

First of all, kudos to those of you who have successfully built your companies on the backs of these go-to-market methods. Your success to date is a testament to the fact that you have something your audience needs and you’ve figured out how to construct a profitable business around it.

That’s no small feat.

But as someone who has advised well over 200 B2B manufacturing leaders, here’s my warning as I look down the road:

For many of these companies, what got them where they are today won’t get them where they want to go in the years ahead.

I’ll use each of the four images above to illustrate why.

The Three Rs (relationships, referrals and repeat business)

relationships, referrals and repeat business

As of 2024, 10,000 baby boomers are retiring every day.

And as those who have been our loyal customers for many years walk out the door, so do the relationships we have with their companies.

Meanwhile, members of the workforce who grew up with iPhones in their pockets are moving into their seats and acquiring more buying authority. They collect and consume information differently. And they buy differently.

Trade shows

trade shows

Consider some of the best things a trade show represents from a business development standpoint:

  • A venue for building human relationships with a meaningful number of targeted prospects and customers
  • A stage for showcasing your products and exposing them to those individuals
  • The opportunity to come home with a stack of business cards for lead development

For three days, you can be in your element.

But here’s my big question:

What about the other 362 days of the year?

I’m not anti-trade show. In fact, I share the sentiment with many of you that nothing replaces being in a room with a human being.

But I am anti-trade show when a manufacturer spends $100K on a three-day event, only to invest a fraction of that into earning attention and trust with their prospective future customers over the remaining ninety-nine percent of the calendar year.

Right now it’s more possible than ever before to humanize our brands, to showcase our products, to articulate our value propositions and to tell our stories to the people we need to reach and influence.

All of this cannot be confined to a three-day per year effort.

Calling on prospects and past customers

Calling on prospects and past customers

Not long ago, my nine-year-old daughter Grace asked me, “Dad, who is Spam Risk? And why do they always call you?”

Not a bad question, Grace.

There was a time when sales professionals could warm up a receptionist to get to the decision maker. Then came email inboxes, ripe for us to invade. But today our phone and email service providers filter out the spam for us.

Even when a sales message does slip through the cracks, our guards are up by default. I don’t want an unsolicited sales pitch. And I’ll operate under the assumption that my prospects don’t either.

Now pair that with this:

If you Google search “how much of the b2b buying process happens before a sales call?” you’ll find numbers derived from a variety of studies that range from 50-70%.

Whether your future customer is buying a computer or a car in his personal life, or he’s buying a six-axis cnc machine or an inert atmosphere industrial batch oven in his manufacturing engineering life, chances are his first move is not to call a sales person.

The immediate access we all have to a wealth of information in our business worlds today is astounding, especially compared to a short decade ago.

We (and our future customers) would be foolish not to start our research before we talk to a salesperson.

Getting discovered through Google searches

Google searches

I’m often frustrated to see “Google” or “SEO” used as synonyms for “digital marketing.”

Take 30 seconds right now to think hard about your answer to this question:

“When do you go to Google in a business setting?”.

I’ll bet it’s some combination of the following:

  • When your current vendor drops the ball
  • When your equipment is reaching end of life
  • When you’re developing a new product
  • When you’re expanding your facility
  • When you encounter a problem you haven’t seen before

In other words – when you’re being triggered to go find a new solution.

And these triggers only come about so often (in many cases, no more than once a year). So if 99% of our audience isn’t going to Google this week or even this month, why is Google so often our default digital marketing channel?

We’re at a fork in the road

B2B manufacturing leaders have a choice to make in the years ahead.

Some will keep doing what they’ve been doing (the things I’ve already illustrated).

But I’m locked into my belief that the winners will be those who:

  1. Accept that the buying landscape has changed
  2. Reengineer their go-to-market strategies to align with it

fork in the roadThose winners will:

  • Go into their respective markets and proactively educate their audiences at scale
  • Position themselves as the most helpful, most knowledgeable experts in their product categories by showing, rather than talking, about themselves
  • Start building awareness and establishing trust now – before those buyer triggers pull their prospects into buying mode

Imagine this future state…

Consider how much more quickly and effectively you could scale if the tens of thousands of Design Engineers, Plant Managers, Project Managers, Operations folks, CFOs, CEOs, Owners or whoever it is that you need to reach:

  • Knew who you were
  • Understood your value proposition
  • Considered you the expert in your category
  • Believed you could help them solve their problems or achieve their desired outcomes

In this world:

  • Your sales team would reallocate the time they spend slinging product on one-sided sales calls into facilitating deeper, more engaged conversations with right-fit prospects who actually have buying intent
  • Your prospects would come to you with their guards down, already informed and excited to talk about how you could help them
  • You’d elevate your status with future customers from vendor to expert advisor and solution provider
  • You’d be seen as much less interchangeable in the minds of those prospects, which means you’d command a pricing premium that your prospects would defend when their procurement managers try to erode your margins

So how do you start making this shift?

First, let’s talk briefly about what not to do.

Hands down, the number one mistake most B2B manufacturers make is bypassing strategy and starting with tactics:

  • “We need a new website”
  • “We need to do some SEO”
  • “We need content”
  • “We need to run Google Ads”
  • “We need to post more social media updates”

When you start with tactics, you’re throwing darts.

And more often than not, you’re throwing those darts with a blindfold on.

Always, always, always begin by identifying and prioritizing the business problems your company needs to solve and the outcomes you need to achieve.

Then you build the plan.

Here are the types of business problems and desired outcomes we’ve focused on with our manufacturing clients time and time again:

  • “Our leadership team is focused on growing from $20M to $30M over the next 24 months and we need to support our sales team on the path to getting there.”
  • “We close 90% of deals once we get in the room with the right prospects. But we’re just not getting enough good leads in the door.”
  • “We have the best product in our category, but only a small percentage of our potential customers even know we exist.”
  • “We’re really well known for A and B, but our customers have no idea we can also help them with X, Y and Z.”
  • “We see a big growth opportunity in a new product segment and we need to get ahead of it while there’s market share to capture.”
  • “We have a new product launch coming up and we need to get the word out to the right people.”
  • “We have one customer that represents 50% of our revenue. That scares us and we need to diversify our customer base to balance things out.”
  • “Our products are cutting edge in our marketplace, but our brand image and website make us look like we’re operating in 1995.”
  • “We’re dabbling in all kinds of things from SEO to Google Ads to content, but we don’t really know what’s working.”
  • “Even though we have an amazing culture, we’re not showing it to the outside world. And we’re afraid that’s contributing the the challenges we’re having hiring great people right now.”

Some of these might sound very familiar. And you’ll almost certainly have others to add to your list.

Identify them. Prioritize them.

And then we can start thinking about a plan for addressing them.

What’s an effective plan typically entail?

Although we don’t believe in a “one-size-fits-all” marketing approach, here’s how things tend to flow:

industrial marketing process

  1. Strategy: Instead of tactics, start with your desired business outcomes and reverse engineer the marketing program to get you there
  2. Audience: Identify the buying process influencers from the right companies, establish where to reach them and validate through research what matters most to them
  3. Messaging: Craft north star messaging that aligns with those customer insights, while communicating how you create value and what makes you different
  4. Content: Support your messaging with the most essential content that will educate your audience, demonstrate your expertise and provide social proof that makes them believe
  5. Distribution: Precondition your audience for sales by distributing that messaging and content at scale, at the right frequency, in the places where those individuals already consume information
  6. Measurement: Install a system for measuring both business impact and the leading signals that show whether you’re on or off track all along the way

We can help you get there

Understanding what to do is one thing. Getting it done is another.

Most B2B manufactures are sales-driven organizations with limited marketing resources. Some may have small marketing teams. Others might not have anyone in that role (somebody is simply “wearing the marketing hat”).

Regardless, from strategy and messaging to content and campaigns, there’s too much to get done, too many unique skills required and too little time available.

We’re here to help.

We can meet you where you are and be your guide to where you need to go.

Here’s what makes us different than the typical agency:

1. We’ve embedded ourselves in manufacturing

Our team of industrial marketers at Gorilla 76 has been helping B2B companies in the manufacturing ecosystem (OEMs, machine builders, contract manufacturers, robotics systems integrators, industry 4.0 service providers, etc) drive growth for well over a decade.

We know how to talk to engineers and plant managers, just as easily as sales professionals and CEOs.

2. We bring a focused outside perspective

Sometimes when you’re constantly working in the business, it’s hard to see the big picture.

Across our team, we’ve consulted well over 200 B2B manufacturing leaders over the past decade.

We’ve identified patterns, implemented wide variety of strategies and tactics, seen what works (and what doesn’t), rinsed and repeated.

We’ll bring all of those experiences to the table for you and eliminate the overwhelming and wasteful guesswork up front.

3. We’re outcome-driven

Before we start anything together, we’ll define the future state you want to reach (problems solved and outcomes achieved) and quantify how we’ll know we’ve made it there.

And we’ll agree upon the milestones and KPIs that will let us report back all along the way. You’ll always know where things stand.

4. We’re flexible

We understand that launching a new marketing program is intimidating (and maybe even scary), especially for B2B manufacturers who have done very little marketing in the past. We’re ready to be flexible, as long as we align expectations together accordingly.

Let’s simply start at the beginning by nailing the strategy and go from there.

Not our first rodeo

Below are are a few case studies that illustrate how we’ve helped and the impact we’ve created.

Case study: driving $9M in pipeline for an industrial oven manufacturer: Learn how we helped this custom-engineered CapEx equipment manufacturer turn their marketing program into a revenue machine. Read/watch case study

manufacturing marketing case study - davron technologies

Case study: building a marketing program for a cable assembly manufacturer: Learn how we helped this custom contract manufacturer implement their first true, sustainable marketing program, focused on marketing-sourced pipeline. Read/watch case study

industrial marketing case study - MTI

Make sense to have a conversation?

If you’d like to talk about how to apply all of this in your own business, please consider requesting a strategy call.

Ad platforms are your vehicle, not your friend.

When you want to get from one place to another, you often use a car. But when it comes to how to get there, you likely won’t directly ask your vehicle, “Can you drive me to the nearest Super Target?” (We’re going to ignore the existence of Siri and self-driving Teslas in this piece).

The same goes for the ad platforms we use. When we want to reach a certain business goal as a marketer, the ad platforms are typically where we go. However much like your car, you don’t want to take its advice on how to get there.

I know it sounds kind of wild. “Wait, this guy whose literal job is to use the ad platforms is saying they’re NOT my friend?” Yes, that’s exactly what I’m saying. But I’m not saying they aren’t the best option to get you to your destination. Even if your car isn’t your friend, it’s still better than using a unicycle to get to a destination 20 miles away.

This article will go over some examples of how the ad platforms might be the best vehicle for you as a marketer, but often not the best advisor.

“Your ads would do better with more budget”

Let’s start with the most common and most dangerous example when it comes to the platform trying to take advantage of you as a marketer. This message may be worded differently depending on what platform you’re using; however they all have the same reason for existing. Remember, your ad spend = the ad platforms’ revenue.

They technically aren’t wrong when they tell you this, because whether your cost per acquisition is $5 or $500, if you increase your ad spend by a lot you will see more conversions. But they’re also not going out of their way to tell you the reason why you’re getting this notification. For example f you see this coming from your paid search campaigns, you either A) are using too many broad match keywords or B) you’re bidding on keywords with too high of volume for your budget.

Thankfully, there are ways to get more conversions out of your current budget instead of simply handing them more revenue. A better solution here would be to switch your keyword match types or focus on lower volume/higher intent keywords to get better results out of your budget.

Misleading results

I have seen paid digital campaigns do incredible things for businesses. Paid search leads becoming $100,000 deals for clients, large numbers of customers saying they heard about a business from paid social, and so on. Sometimes these platforms like to make recommendations for you to “boost your results.” But what those recommendations would actually do is boost what your results on their platform look like.

When running paid social campaigns, you’ll likely run into random representatives from the platforms saying they’ve “seen some aspects of your campaign that are alarming,” then tell you the solution is using a MUCH larger audience or switching your bidding optimization.

Say you’re running an on-platform lead gen campaign on paid social. Making your audience huge would significantly increase the amount of leads you’re getting from that campaign. However they wouldn’t be the high intent leads you’re after.

So while you and your sales team are dealing with ten times the leads and 95 percent of them have absolutely zero interest in buying from you, your platform numbers are saying,“Hey look how many leads I got you, you should increase your budget and get even more!”

*Head to desk, multiple times*

You absolutely can bring in fantastic leads using paid social or search, but don’t just go by how many leads you get in the platform. Pay attention to quality, see what is causing it, and then you’re set to scale it.

Hiding some of their best tools

Pro tip: When shopping for a car, if you ask the salesperson whether that’s the best deal they can give you, there’s a high chance they can “ask their manager” and get you a better bang for your buck.

The same goes for the digital ad platforms.

Some of the ad platform’s best tools and offerings are not front and center by the cash register or on the price tag. You have to look deeper.

An example of this is paying attention to what the platforms suggest as the default option when selecting different optimizations or audience strategies.

When starting a Brand Awareness campaign on LinkedIn, you have a choice between selecting your specific Brand Awareness goal as reach or impressions. One option will have your campaign trying to hit as many people in your audience as possible, the other going for as many impressions as possible.

If you select reach as your goal, LinkedIn might be forced to focus on hitting more people (even though not that high of a percentage of your audience is on the platform) instead of “going with the flow” and getting you as many impressions (a.k.a. exposure) on their platform.

What’s the default selection LinkedIn gives you? Reach. But why?

Well, if you generate more impressions from your campaign, you will likely get a lower CPM — good right?. But that also means more ad inventory taken up by your campaign that LinkedIn could offer other advertisers, driving demand (and your CPM) up.

We recently tested this on a few campaigns and saw an 18 percent decrease in CPM, a 12 percent increase in frequency, and you guessed it: almost ZERO change in the reach our campaign was generating.

The reason the platform is set up like this is the same reason paid social platforms tell you to use other sub-platforms such as “audience network” or “audience partners” for your ad inventory. Your ads get delivered on other websites where they don’t perform well in terms of conversions, but your CPM shows as lower. But this also means less ad inventory taken up on the platform, which in turn they can then sell to other advertisers.

Boosting posts

Just don’t do it, not even if there’s a fire.

You should try this instead!

Given that the digital ad platform landscape is hyper-competitive, each platform is constantly coming out with new tools to offer advertisers. Sometimes these new offerings are great — think of Facebook making it more user friendly to upload ads, or LinkedIn adding offline conversions. But sometimes these new offerings are only beneficial for certain advertisers, or in some cases the new offering is launched more like a “beta test” to see if it actually works.

A shining example of this? Google’s Performance Max campaigns, which launched last year and took the Google Ads landscape by storm.

No matter what campaign you were uploading, it encouraged you to select Performance Max as the campaign type. Why? They’ll never admit it, but Google likely needed as many advertisers as possible to try their shiny new toy to get data on how it can work. If you’re a B2B company running Google Ads, you should be focusing on high intent search campaigns, not top-of-funnel display campaigns. And most B2B companies don’t have an e-commerce offering, completely eliminating the Shopping Ad placement that generates a lot of results in Performance Max campaigns.

There is also very limited reporting, so you can’t tell what someone is searching when they convert from your campaigns, which is crucial for marketers to know.

Another recent example of this would be Facebook running “multi-advertiser ads”. Shiny name right? Well, essentially what this does is put your creative in carousel ads with other advertisers showcasing similar products and services. You read that right: Your ads will literally be shown in the same ad unit as your competitors!

This would be frustrating for a local burger restaurant to deal with, let alone a B2B marketer in a hyper competitive space. And Facebook has made it a default selection when uploading new campaigns, meaning you have to remember to toggle it off (until enough angry digital marketers write articles about how bad of a feature this is).

A heartfelt apology to the ad platforms….

Although this piece may have come off as a thousand word op-ed about how much I hate the platforms, that’s the last thing I want you to take from this. When it comes to reaching your business goals, there’s no better group of vehicles in the marketing world to help you efficiently get to your destination.

It’s like taking your car to a body shop. That mechanic will probably do a better job than your attempt following watching a five minute YouTube tutorial on how to fix an engine. But if you take every recommendation the mechanic makes, you’re going to walk out with a much longer receipt than you actually needed.

Much like the mechanic needs to fix your car in order to make you happy with their service, the ad platforms can most certainly help you close deals if used right, but their main goal internally is still to make them as much money as possible. Remember that.

 

 

 

 

The art of zooming in and out: How to diagnose your paid ad campaigns

As a digital marketer there are many different skills that make you better at your job such as ad platform know-how, content strategy and so on. But the most important skill you can have in your arsenal? Knowing how to right the ship when said technical skills aren’t getting you results.

Why do I think this is the case?

I see loads of great content on LinkedIn every day about the marketing space. But what I don’t think I’ve ever seen on LinkedIn is someone claiming their digital advertising works perfectly 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. What buyers want, what content they respond to and how the ad platforms work is ever changing. When these changes happen, you might see a dip in performance. 

This doesn’t mean you should change every single thing you’re doing. It’s likely that only some parts of the campaign need tweaking. 

But to determine what parts calls for a shift in perspective. You may need to pull back the lens and look at the bigger picture of things and other times you might need to roll up your sleeves and look under the hood for what might be causing the issue.

I call this approach “zooming in and out” and we’re going to walk you through some actionable examples on how this can be applied.

Zooming Out

For most marketers the main metric they look at is the end goal: the conversion. Whether this is a high intent inbound lead in the B2B space or the purchase of this season’s handbag from a DTC brand, the end goal is what everyone focuses on. And you absolutely should. 

However, the mistake a lot of marketers make is only focusing here and not looking backwards in the customer journey. Or widening the lens even further to consider as your company’s industry, the time of year, and so on.

Let’s say you launched a new set of paid search ads at the start of the quarter and notice that leads are down 25 percent from paid search compared to last quarter. The first thing I am doing is taking a look at the bigger picture.

I’d ask myself 

  • If the history of paid search performance is similar for this quarter in prior years.
  • Whether the number of organic leads also decreased this quarter.

If the answer to either of those questions is yes, you’re likely looking at a natural downswing in overall business.

However, if their overall business is pacing the same as last quarter and their paid search for the same quarter last year did not see a huge dip like you’re seeing now, then you need to zoom out in a different way. In this case your “zooming out” would be looking at earlier touchpoints in the customer journey that lead to the conversion.

Start with their in-platform metrics. Is the CTR/CPC good? Are you getting a good quantity of clicks? Does your search terms report show high-intent keywords instead of spending a ton of money on junk?

If the answer to any of those is no, then you need to double check on the keywords you’re targeting and the ads you’re targeting those keywords with. Whether it’s paid social or search, if your in-platform metrics are not doing well, then the issue lies within the content you’re creating or the audience you’re targeting.

If all of their in-platform metrics look good then congrats — you’re targeting the right audience with the right content. You’ve now narrowed the list of culprits down to one option: What happens between your audience member clicking the ad and converting.

If you’re in DTC, this can mean a drop off in the checkout process, the user not being directed to the right product or a bad website experience. In B2B, check landing page metrics such as engagement rate, how far users are scrolling and how long they stay on the site — all of which you can find using the sweetheart of marketing analytics, GA4. If you aren’t checking these metrics or haven’t gotten comfortable with Google’s new toy, check in for a walk-through on getting more advanced with GA4.

So now we’ve done a temperature check on the business as a whole, along with all of the earlier touch points in your potential new customer’s journey. What’s next if we haven’t found the issue yet? 

Zooming In

When zooming out, you checked that your ship was built correctly and you charted your course keeping business trends and seasonality in mind. But a good captain knows one hole in his ship could bring the entire thing down.

The same goes for your advertising. When analyzing your paid media, there’s no shortage of filters through which to analyze ad performance and try to find what’s not working.

You can take a look at

  • The device that the ad or landing page is being served on.
  • Your different audience segments and demographics.
  • The specific time or days of the week your ads are running. 

Breaking your ad performance into more specific segments like these is what I’m referring to when saying “zoom in”. You’ll often times find that one segment of any of the above mentioned dimensions is what is causing your ship to have a hole in it, dragging the whole thing down.

And your paid search campaigns could have multiple small holes in it. For me, the Overview section in Google Ads is a great place to start. There you can find breakdowns of specific performance metrics broken down by device, demographics, or when your ads are running. 

Your “hole” could be that 75% of your budget is being spent on mobile phones, but the conversion rate on desktop is five times that compared to mobile. Or you could be spending 30-plus percent of your budget on weekdays past 6 p.m., but none of your conversions are coming from that time frame.

When you zoom in and see issues like this, it makes it easy to see what holes in your ship you need to patch up. Which is way less costly than building an entirely new ship.

Final Diagnosis

Although we have talked about zooming in and out as two separate strategies for diagnosing your paid media campaigns, you should use them in tandem when working to find out what is dragging your performance down.

Not just because it can be difficult to immediately gauge whether the issue lies within the bigger picture or just a small segment of your ads’ performance, but because sometimes it can be both.

When your ad campaign performance is not meeting expectations, you should always check everything

If you go to the doctor and tell them that your lower back is hurting, they don’t just check your lower back. They check your hamstrings, your neck, your core, your upper back, and more. Because often times the area that you first see your problem is not where the solution is.  Treat your ad campaigns as if you’re the doctor, and they’re the patient — and you’re going to do everything in your power to keep them alive and well.

A guide to GA4 part three: Advanced reporting for advanced campaign management

As we covered in part two of this series, Google Analytics 4 offers essentially an entire department store of reports and metrics for analyzing your advertising efforts. 

But if you’re only viewing these at their basic level, you’re not using this platform to its fullest potential.

Part three of this series will walk you through how to get the absolute most from Google Analytics 4 by utilizing additional tools this platform offers.

The compare date range feature

This one is a complete softball, to be fair. But it genuinely boggles my brain how many digital marketers don’t use the compare feature in GA4’s (and other platforms) date range tool regularly when analyzing performance. 

Whether you launched a new landing page, campaign or audience, or simply upped your spend on a certain platform, this tool is essentially an easy button for judging performance before and after the date you launched it. This way, you can see if the change you made increased sessions, engagement rate, conversions or any other metric within GA4. 

And if your business experiences up/down swings due to seasonality or sees different traffic during the week vs the weekend, don’t fret. You can adjust the comparison time frame to options such as the same period from last year or have GA4 use the preceding period but matching the day of the week. 

 

Multi-dimensional breakdowns

When viewing reports in GA4, you can use different dimensions such as channel, source, device, location, landing page and more. Think of these as the “lens” through which you look at your GA4 metrics from. 

But what a lot of marketers don’t take advantage of is using more than one of these at once. 

A prime example of using this feature would be to see how certain channels/platforms are performing on specific devices by using “Session Source” as the main dimension then “Device Category” as the secondary dimension for the breakdown. Your Facebook or LinkedIn campaigns might be performing alright on desktop, however their mobile performance once users get to your landing page is very subpar. You now know that the landing page for your campaign is not mobile friendly, and adjustments need to be made.

To utilize this feature of GA4, simply hit the “+” sign that appears next to the main dimension that your report is already being broken down by (by default this is “Session Default Channel Group, but there are many options to use), shown below.

Some other options for secondary dimensions are demographics, location, specific campaigns, and more!

 

Filtering reports

This next little “trick” isn’t as much about diving deeper into your data, but more so making it easier to visualize it (which in turn, makes it easier to dive deeper). 

By utilizing GA4’s report filter and multi-dimension functions, we can easily look at just our paid social advertising’s performance between each of the device categories. 

Let’s say you notice your paid social channel isn’t working quite as well as you’d like it to. In this case, you want to only view data from the channel that’s struggling — without all of the other clutter. 

To do this, select the “add filter” button under the title of the report you are viewing. This will open up a pop up on the right side of your screen, where you can select to view data in that report within a specific dimension. 

For this example, we’ll look only at data from paid social by filtering the “Session Acquisition” by Session Default Channel group. The data is broken down by Session Source, with the secondary breakdown being Device Category.

Eliminating the clutter in this report to only look at my paid social performance made it much easier to notice an issue-my Average Engagement Time on LinkedIn is very poor both on mobile and desktop. If done correctly, Average Engagement Time from your LinkedIn Ads should outweigh your Facebook ads due to Facebook being more of a volume play instead of a higher intent strategy.

 

Customizing reports

The first two features we’ve gone over help you look at your GA4 metrics from different angles. One more feature GA4 offers that a lot of marketers might not be utilizing is the customize reports feature. 

Select the pencil icon in the top right of your screen when in a GA4 report, and it will bring up a toolbar on the right side of your screen.

Is there another metric or dimension you wish you could view in this report? Or perhaps you’d like to see some of the data provided in the report in a different visualization option, such as a pie graph? 

No matter what type of data you’re looking into or whatever metric you’d like to analyze, this feature allows you to make it happen. 

Scroll depth and session duration events

Do you have landing pages that include a lead form midway down the page? Or perhaps an explainer article on your site and you’re curious how far down users are reading?

You’re in luck because through Google Tag Manager, GA4 now has the ability to provide you that information. It just takes a little technical legwork, and you’re rewarded with data worth 10x what it took to set those events up.

Step 1. First go to your GA4 property and go to the admin panel. Under property settings, select “Data Streams.” In the “Enhanced Measurement” section, make sure that “scrolls” is toggled on, pictured below. If not, go ahead and turn it on.

Step 2. Go to your Google Tag Manager account, and go to the variables section. Ensure that the variables labeled “Scroll Depth Threshold”, “Scroll Depth Units” and “Scroll Direction” are toggled on, pictured below. 

If they are not, select the Configure button in the top right and toggle them on.

 

Step 3. Next you will have to set up triggers using these variables, that we will then use to make tags to fire events into your GA4 property. Here is a video walking you through how to create these triggers for both Scroll Depth and Session Duration.

 

 

Step 4. Now that we have set up the triggers for our site to start tracking scroll depth and session duration, the last thing we need to do is set up tags that fire events based on those triggers into your GA4 property. To do this, go to tags within Google Tag Manager and select “new tag”. There are many different tag configuration options available, but for this one we need to select “Google Analytics 4 Event”. 

From here all you need to do is give it an event name that will show up in your actual GA4 property for this event, and select your Google Analytics 4 configuration tag. 

Last, select the trigger that you want to use for this tag such as the 60% Scroll Depth one we created in the video. 

Your tag setup should look like this:


Note: You should be creating a separate trigger/tag for each Scroll Depth/Session duration threshold you want to measure.

Now all that’s left is to hit save, then submit your updates in Google Tag Manager for the events to start firing into your GA4!

Now go take on the world

You have now learned that the date range compare feature is one of your greatest weapons as a marketer, how to make any report give you the exact information that you need to optimize your digital campaigns, and even learned how to set up some fancy custom GA4 events to show off to your boss. 

You’re now capable of solving almost any issue possible when it comes to your digital marketing using GA4 (unless you’re not able to upload campaigns because you spilled coffee on your computer). 

All that’s left to do is to take this knowledge and run with it.

A guide to GA4 part two: Basic metrics and reports

Have you ever been watching a great TV show and when one episode ends on a cliffhanger you think to yourself  “I can’t wait to find out what happens next”? Google Analytics is that next episode.

You see, platforms like Facebook, LinkedIn and Google offer plenty of insight on how your ads are performing on the platform. But what you need is insight on what users are doing on your site after leaving the ad platforms you’re using.

GA4 offers what those platforms can’t: Showing what happens after they click on your ad. 

Part one of this series walked you through some key changes between Universal Analytics and Google Analytics 4. Part two of this series will go over the core metrics in GA4 that can help you analyze your advertising performance, as well as the main reports we use here at Gorilla to help us make informed decisions. 

The metrics

Users

This measures the amount of individual people landing on your site whether it be from different platforms, campaigns, etc. 

GA4 also breaks this down by new and returning users, which is definitely something to keep an eye on if you’re running retargeting campaigns on paid social/search. 

However it is important to mention that due to how the tracking technology works, some users can be labeled as “new” when they are in fact returning if the user uses a different device or clears their browsing history. 

The takeaway: pay attention to new and returning users within GA4, but don’t let it be the end all be all when making decisions.

Sessions

Instead of individual people, this focuses on every session on your site. The same user can record as many sessions as they want on your site (this part of how GA4 will calculate new/returning users). 

Engaged Sessions/Engagement Rate in GA4 is any session that lasts longer than 10 seconds, results in a conversion event, or has at least 2 pageviews or screenviews (i.e. did they click to multiple pages on your site). 

Engagement rate is simply what % of sessions on your site result in an engaged session.

If users aren’t doing that once they click through the ad to your site, it’s likely due to one of the following misalignments: 

  • Your landing page isn’t appealing to your audience.
  • The landing page doesn’t line up well with the content from your ad. 
  • Your audience doesn’t line up well with the content you are advertising. 

Avg. Engagement Time/Avg. Session Duration

Average engagement time is how long your site was the focus of the user’s browser. Session duration is simply how long the average session lasts. Sometimes someone can leave your site open but move to a different window/screen, so engagement time can sometimes be more useful. 

If you’re in the B2B space, chances are you have a landing page where the user can learn more about your brand, a product you offer, etc. You just might even have a form on the page where they can give you their information to potentially give your company a lot of money. 

Can they read that content or fill out that form instantly? Not possible, unfortunately — so it’s kind of an issue if users aren’t spending time on your site once clicking through your ads. 

Average engagement time and session duration are crucial to pay attention to in GA4. If you’re running paid social and paid search ads, your paid search engagement time should be much longer than your paid social ads. If you’re running paid social on both LinkedIn and Facebook, you can expect your LinkedIn engagement time to be longer than Facebook.

Conversions/Events

GA4 automatically creates some basic events such as pageview, first visits, user engagement and more to track on your site. Events are essentially specific actions taken on your site by the user. 

So on top of making sure users are taking action on your site through engagement rate mentioned above, this allows you to track what actions they’re taking

For example if you’re a B2B marketer, form submissions from inbound leads are likely an integral part of your business. Setting these up not only as an event within GA4 but also a conversion event allows you to analyze where your conversions are coming from, but also what other events/pages may be leading to those conversions.

And there are limitless custom events you can set up on your site such as scroll depth, clicking specific buttons on your site, and more. These can give you even more insight on the actions your users are taking on your site (jump ahead to part three of this series to set up these advanced tracking metrics!).  

Reports

All of the above metrics can be extremely useful when analyzing your advertising performance to make informed decisions. But what really makes them useful is the different ways you can look at these metrics. 

Think of each of these core reports within GA4 as a different “lens” through which you view GA4’s data.

User/Session Acquisition

This report arguably offers the most information on what users from your ad campaigns are doing on your site. 

These two reports offer most of the same metrics such as engagement rate, engaged sessions, average engagement time, etc. The main difference is one pulls data based on each individual user, while the other is based on individual sessions. 

This report is most useful if you are running campaigns on multiple platforms. Below is what this report looks like, broken down by Session Source.

Let’s say you’re running paid social ads on both LinkedIn and Facebook using the same creative assets and messaging. Using these acquisition reports, you notice that although Facebook is driving far more sessions, LinkedIn is generating a higher engagement rate along with more conversions. 

If it’s the same creative on the ad and landing page, but the users are behaving drastically different on your site, this can clue you into the differences between audiences on Facebook vs. LinkedIn. 

This is just one of many ways you can use the User/Session acquisition report to diagnose issues with your digital campaigns.

Event/Conversion Reports

Similar to the User/Session Acquisition reports, these two reports show a lot of the same information. What makes these so useful is they help you recognize what events “feed” into other events, i.e. do your form submissions result from a high engagement rate, session duration, etc. 

You might see here that a lot of your lead conversion events are coming from sessions that occur on a desktop. However other events such as engaged sessions/pageviews are all coming from mobile with few leads coming in. You could be getting all of those pageviews from say, paid social ads. 

But if people aren’t converting you may need to take a look at the landing pages for those ads to ensure they are mobile friendly (does the page load fast, is the form easy to find, how well does the page read on your phone, etc.).

Conversion Path Report

If you are running ads on multiple digital channels, this report is one of your best friends. 

Hidden away outside of the reports section, the Conversion Paths report is stationed under the Advertising section of GA4. 

This report shows you

  • What channels are contributing to the beginning, middle, or end of your customer’s journey to becoming a lead
  • How many touch points on average it takes in each different “path” for your potential new customer to convert
  • Data that can be broken down by channel, source (such as different social media platforms), or even campaign if you’re utilizing UTMs in your ads

Below is what the report can look like broken down by channel.

 

Here’s a potential scenario for you:

If you’re only paying attention to leads coming “directly” from paid social, you risk cutting off a channel that was getting you a ton of traction — it just wasn’t getting all of the credit from good ol’ Google.

Users might be simply searching your company’s website later on to submit their information, even converting through one of your paid search ads. Your well-written LinkedIn ad might be contributing a lot of leads to your pipeline, but none of those lead conversions would “show” as coming from paid social. 

Analyze your advertising in a whole new light 

If Google Analytics is your digital marketing hospital, these reports/metrics are your tools —and the doctor’s in.

Google Analytics gives you the tools to look at your advertising from almost any angle possible. so you should use it to make the most informed decisions possible for your advertising. 

That way you can avoid giving your marketing a misdiagnosis, or pulling the plug on a campaign too early.

A guide to GA4 part one: Setting up for success

If you’re a marketer in the B2B space, hopefully you’re aware by now that Google has officially taken away our dear friend Universal Analytics and replaced it with their new baby- Google Analytics 4.

Compared to Universal Analytics, GA4 can seem complicated at first: It’s a completely new user interface, and the terminology that GA4 uses leans more technical than UA. 

To get you started with your best foot forward, part one of this series will walk you through the main differences between Universal Analytics and Google Analytics 4, along with what you need to set yourself up for success and maximize what you can get out of GA4.

What’s new?

The Metrics

At first glance you might think to yourself “what is this entirely new world Google is forcing me into?” However, a lot of the same metrics that we all know and love are still in GA4, they’ve just simply been “rebranded” to different names by Google. For example Bounce Rate in UA has been replaced by Engagement Rate in GA4 (they’re not 100% the same thing though, think of Engagement Rate as more of an upgrade for you). Here is an article they provide comparing the new GA4 metrics to their counterparts from Universal Analytics.

Data Collection

If you are in the digital marketing world, you hopefully are also well aware of all of the “red tape” being added surrounding data collection in the past few years. New regulations being introduced, software that protects a user’s information, and of course my least favorite: Apple’s release of iOS 14 in 2022. To combat this, GA4 is built to not rely so much on data from cookies (it still uses cookies for some of its data however), and leans more on what they termed Google “signals”. So a lot of the data collected is from the user being signed into a Google account on one or multiple devices.

Events, events, and more events!

In Universal Analytics actions that the user took on your site could be broken down into multiple main categories such as a pageview, a timer, e-commerce, and more. In GA4, things are a bit simplified.

 

Notice anything? Yes, everything in GA4 that happens is labeled as an “event”. There are a lot of events that are automatically set up whenever you create your GA4 property, along with a few extra so long as you have “enhanced measurement” turned on for your GA4 property. This likely is Google trying to align GA4 more with other actual ad platforms, where mostly every conversion you set up is labeled as an “event”. Here is a link from Google walking you through all events that are automatically set up for you once your GA4 property is created.

Account Structure

In Universal Analytics the account hierarchy was Account>Property>View. Your data was collected at the property level specifically, so if you had multiple websites you wanted to collect data from, you had to view them in separate properties.

In GA4, Google has changed the account structure to improve digital marketer’s options for data visualization.

The account hierarchy for GA4 is Account>Property, with a new feature called a data stream (essentially what web asset are you pulling data from). Instead of data being collected/reported on at the property level, it is now collected at the data stream level. What this allows you to do is if you have multiple websites under your company umbrella (i.e different brands, divisions, or locations) you can create a separate data stream for each site, allowing you to view the data separately or all at once if you want to judge overall marketing channel performance.


Do Not Freak out

The bottom line is, don’t be too scared of GA4. A lot of the same useful information is still in there from Universal Analytics, along with a lot of new tools at your disposal. 


Getting Extra Juice Out of GA4

Google analytics on its own is an extremely useful way to analyze website performance and user behavior from different sources. However once you connect your GA4 property with your other Google accounts (Google Ads, Search Console, etc), it’s kind of like upgrading to first class on your next flight. Here is a link to an article walking you through how to execute this (however there are endless articles and videos that can show you how to get it done).

Now the reason this is so important to do is it gives you access to additional reports that, although they aren’t automatically set up in your GA4 property, are extremely useful. 

For example if you connect your Google Ads account to your GA4 property, you now are able to see all of your favorite GA4 metrics broken down by your Google Ads assets. As a B2B marketer your landing page is one of the most crucial points in the customer journey, so being able to see what keywords, ad groups, campaigns etc are generating the best engagement metrics once the user lands on the site can really aid in optimizing performance. 

Fun fact: we’ve actually found that metrics stemming from what users do after they click on your ad have a much stronger correlation to conversions/conversion rate than any metric you see in the actual ad platform! Below is what one of our client’s gets to see broken down for each and every one of their keywords they’re targeting in Google Ads.

 




An example of how this could be extremely helpful is let’s say you have a keyword in Google Ads that seems to be crushing it according to in-platform metrics. Google is spending more of your budget on that keyword than any other you’re going after, it’s generating the most clicks, and generating the lowest CPC. But you might see in here that it has an extremely low engagement rate compared to other keywords you’re targeting. That might tell you that that keyword is too broad, or simply doesn’t align with what your landing page is trying to sell the user. You remove it, and by getting Google to spend much more on the higher performing keywords within GA4, you end up seeing more conversions from your paid search ads!

Time to take the training wheels off

Now that you’ve set up your Google Analytics 4 property, connected it to all of your other Google assets, and are tracking conversions, you should be able to get all of the data you need within GA4. 

So take off those training wheels and start using that data. And if you need help using that data to better inform your digital ad strategy, that’s exactly what part two of this series is for. Get started here.

4 marketing building blocks for B2B manufacturers

It’s tempting to get distracted by the sexy stuff when diving into a new marketing plan — flashy ad creative, cool one-off pieces of content, exciting live events, the webinar series you’ve been dying to launch. The list is endless.

However, creating great marketing campaigns starts with laying a strong foundation built on customer insights and strategic thinking. Trust us, it’s not boring by any means, but many in-house manufacturing marketers still rush to create content and campaigns without first investing in foundational marketing work to set themselves up for long-term success.

There are four crucial activities that form the building blocks for impactful marketing:

  1. Customer research
  2. Developing a positioning strategy
  3. Crafting a brand story
  4. Creating a content plan

Taking the time to do each of these well pays dividends when creating content and campaigns that resonate with your customers and differentiate you from competitors.

This article comes from a conversation on The Manufacturing Marketer Podcast. Listen to the full episode HERE.

Customer research

We know, we know, you may have heard this a million times already, but it still bears repeating:

Talk. To. Your. Customers.

The most valuable thing you can do as a marketer is speak directly to customers. Interviews reveal pain points, buying motivations, and opportunities your customers may not otherwise tell you about.

Conduct 20-30 minute interviews with at least 6 customers or prospects. Ask open-ended questions to uncover:

      • The biggest problems and pain points they face, both related and unrelated to your solution
      • How they define success in their role and jobs they do to accomplish it
      • Where they spend time online and how they prefer to receive information
      • What alternatives they consider and why they chose to buy from you
      • How they classify your product in the market

Record and transcribe interviews to capture quotes, language, and insights you can incorporate into positioning, brand story, and content.

Positioning strategy

That customer research is GOLD, but if we’re being honest, no one is going to routinely go back and relisten to a 30 minute recording.

You need to package those insights into a clear and concise positioning strategy that your whole team can easily reference frequently.

Use your research to develop positioning that defines:

Ideal customer profile: Narrow down the exact customer profile you want to target based on attributes like industry, business size, and product types. This helps focus your marketing.

Competitive alternatives: Map out alternatives customers consider for your solution, like manual processes or competitors.

Unique attributes: List your differentiators beyond generic claims of “high quality” or “good customer service.” Identify features that lead to tangible benefits and be specific!

Market segment: Determine your positioning within the larger market as a leader, niche player, subset of a category or maybe even a new category.

Link unique attributes to value: Map each differentiator to the benefits enabled by the feature and the specific value it provides customers in relation to their goals. This helps customers understand how you solve their problems better than alternatives.

Brand story

Your positioning strategy defines how you’ll go to market.

However, you need to expand on that and use language your customer is actually going to care about. Less bullet points and more human. We’ll give your positioning life through storytelling grounded in customer insights.

Frame your brand story by placing customers as the “heroes” on a journey, you as the “guide” providing a plan to succeed, and problems as the “villains” to overcome. Tell the story of the positives that happen when customers follow your plan versus the negatives if they don’t.

Use quotes, analogies and metaphors from customer interviews to make your story authentic rather than self-centered marketing speak. Frame yourself as helping rather than selling to create an emotional connection.

Create a content plan

At this point, you’ve talked to your customers, figured out what you need to say to them, and how exactly you need to say it. Now, you need a way to put it out into the world, and the best way to do that is with content.

Build a content plan informed by your new perspective on customer problems and positioning.

Start simple by listing 3 to 4 pieces of foundational content you will create in the next quarter, such as:

      • Long-form articles that address key customer problems identified in research
      • How-to guides that teach customers to do jobs related to their goals
      • Videos that demonstrate your expertise and humanize your company
      • Case studies that illustrate your brand story in action for similar companies

The depth of thinking that goes into this is exactly why we have a clear stance on how AI fits into this work.

Update continually

Foundational work doesn’t have to be set in stone. In fact, it’s stronger when you see these assets as living documents. Continually update based on new customer insights and a changing market. Share widely across functions so your brand story enables sales, customer service and product development efforts.

Drive content and campaigns with powerful value propositions by leveraging insights from customer interviews, your positioning strategy and brand story. With the right groundwork in place, your marketing will make a real impact for your business and customers.

A guide to digital ad platforms part two: Making sure your tools are working properly

Whether you’re advertising on Facebook, LinkedIn or Google, there is no shortage of metrics you can use to measure the success of your ads. While this is a great feature to have, it also makes it easy for some to get lost. 

Part 1 of this guide explained what tools to use for the job when it comes to running digital ads for your company. Now we’ll go over how to make sure a) those tools are working well and b) where to look to make them work even better.

Before we begin: Know your metrics  

One metric you should track as a B2B marketer is of course conversions, specifically lead form fills. But since conversion metrics (such as cost-per-conversion or conversion rate) are heavily dependent on your company’s average transaction value and sales volume, we’re going to focus on metrics you can use to improve those conversions regardless of what space you’re in. 

In terms of campaign objectives on the platforms, we will stick to the main two that Gorilla utilizes: brand awareness and website visits/conversions.

Paid social (LinkedIn & Facebook)

CPM

How it’s calculated: Total spend on your ad per 1,000 impressions.

What it really means: On paid social platforms an impression is generated once a user stops on an ad and actually gives it some attention. While this may seem minor, it is a huge indication on if your ad is grabbing the user’s attention quickly before they keep scrolling on their feed. 

This metric is most relevant when using the brand awareness objective. If your campaign objective is conversion based, your CPM will naturally be much higher and not really a key metric you want to be paying attention to.

On LinkedIn this metric can vary dramatically depending on how niche your industry is, but on Facebook you should shoot for under $5 for a brand awareness campaign. A good CPM is more dependent on the imagery than copy. Make sure your image and your image headline scream to the user that your ad is for them based on their profession. 

Frequency

How it’s calculated: How often an audience member sees that specific ad unit on average in a given time range.

What it really means: Pretty simple here: Is your audience receiving your message enough times to have them remember you. For this you want to shoot for around at least 3x a month per ad, and max around 10x per month. Any lower and the message won’t stick, any higher and your audience will feel spammed. 

If you are too high or low, look at your campaign budgeting along with your audience size to try and drive your frequency up or down. Like CPM, this metric is more relevant for the brand awareness campaign objective.

Click-Thru-Rate (CTR)

How it is calculated: Percentage of chargeable clicks divided by impressions.

What it actually means: While the imagery is typically what makes the user stop on your ad, the copy is what sells them on clicking through to the website. On LinkedIn you want to shoot for around 1%, Facebook around 0.5%. If it is significantly lower than this, look at the copy in your ad and make sure it a) hooks the user quickly b) makes it clear you can solve a problem of theirs and c) entices them to learn more by clicking through to your site. 

If the copy looks good for the product you’re selling, you may need to take another look at your audience and make sure it reflects who is most likely to be into what you’re selling.

Cost-per-click (CPC)

How it is calculated: Total amount spent on your ads divided by total number of clicks.

What it really means: CPC and CTR both reflect a lot of the same insight. If you have a low CPC, your copy is doing a great job selling the user on clicking through to your site to learn more. The main difference here is that your CPC can vary a ton depending on your industry, so if it seems high take a look at your CTR. If this looks solid, you likely just have a very niche audience that is tougher to reach on the platform.

Adjustments you can make

Once you launch your campaign, let your ads run for around three weeks before making any major adjustments. 

Facebook and LinkedIn both take a bit to “learn” which content in your campaign is driving the best results best on your campaign goal, so making changes too quickly can hurt you in the long run. The same goes for making changes too often. If you make some significant adjustments to your campaign, give it at least a couple of weeks before giving the verdict on it worked or not.

Let’s say you have a campaign with 10 to 12 ads in it. Around three weeks into your campaign, go into the dashboard to see what content is working well and turn off the lowest performers in that campaign. Keep in mind what your campaign is optimized for — monitoring CPM and reach for awareness optimized campaigns and CTR/CPC for conversion optimized campaigns. 

If you are noticing your entire campaign is underperforming, here’s where to look to solve that for each of the metrics above:

  • CPM: If this is extremely high, make sure your audience isn’t too narrow for your budget. Also remember what an impression is —they must stop on your ad. Does your image make it clear that the ad is specifically for your audience right away?
  • CTR/CPC: Here is where you analyze your copy. Does the copy hook the audience right away and explain how you can solve their problem? Also, remember Facebook hides the copy behind a fancy little “see more” button after 125 characters. If your copy doesn’t have its hook in those first 125 characters, chances are these metrics will take a hit.

Paid Search (Google)

A majority of your conversions should come from Google, as this platform has the highest intent from the user.

Given that most B2B companies have a low volume of conversions compared to their B2C counterparts, you may have to look elsewhere for insight on what’s working. Luckily Google has a plethora of other metrics you can review to make adjustments that drive more conversions for your business.

Click-Through-Rate (CTR)

How it’s calculated: Shown as a percentage, this tells you how many times your ad is being clicked per 100 impressions.

What it actually means: If you have a high CTR, your ads are likely showing at or near the top of the page. This means you’re owning that keyword for your space, which is a major win. 

In the B2B space, we pay particular attention to this metric over CPC (which tends to be higher in niche industries). And keep in mind that CTR will likely fluctuate from seasonal demand for your product/service.

You want a CTR above 3% at least — if you’re not seeing that, make sure: 

  • Keywords, ads and landing pages are consistent across the user journey
  • Ad copy clearly describes what you provide
  • Your budget is in line with keyword volume

Search Impression Share

How it’s calculated: The amount of impressions that your ad delivered divided by how many times your ad was eligible to be delivered (based on the search volume of your keywords).

What it actually means: This metric can vary a ton depending on your industry/how often your keywords get searched monthly. We’ve seen accounts with an impression share around 80%, others around 15%. Both can perform well. 

However, if this is dipping below, say, 10%, this essentially means you are playing Hungry Hungry Hippos for that keyword with hippos that are much larger than you (in terms of ad budget). Look into adjusting your keyword to be lower search volume/higher intent by changing the keyword match type, or making it more intent-based such as “[your product] for sale” or “[your product] pricing”.

Adjustments You Can Make

When launching a new campaign, you want to let your campaign “breathe” a little so Google’s algorithms can figure out what bidding strategy will get your account the best results. After three to four weeks of running ads, there are minor tweaks you can make to enhance the results.

The Overview section shows results based on demographics, devices, location and time. For example, you may see that 40% of your budget goes into mobile ads, while 90% of your conversions come from desktop computers (along with a much better conversion rate). Or you might see that upwards of 80% of your conversions come from males aged 25 to 45, specifically from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. Monday through Friday. 

Below is what your Overview section may look like-notice how a small fraction of our spend is coming from Computers, but a much larger chunk of our conversions is coming from that Device Category along with a much better Conversion Rate? Might be time to increase our bidding on those specific devices!

On the left side toolbar, there are sections labeled Audiences, Devices, Ad Scheduling and more. If you see you are getting more traction from certain demographics, devices or time slots, you can click into here and increase your bidding in that segment to see if it boosts your performance. We recommend increasing/decreasing bidding by only 10% to 15%, as any higher you risk bidding unnecessarily high on certain ad auctions.

Bonus section: Google Analytics 4

Google Analytics 4 (GA4) obviously is not a paid media platform. However, it offers insight on something most paid media platforms lack: what happens AFTER a user clicks through to your site. There are many reports within GA4 along with many ways to customize/filter them, but here are a couple of the basic ones that can help you the most.

User Acquisition Report

Here you can see a breakdown of how people from the different traffic sources such as Paid Search, Paid Social or Organic are interacting with your site. The main metrics to look at here are the engagement rate (% of users that actually DO something on your site once landing on it) and average engagement time (How long do they stay on the site after clicking through?). This quick video below walks you through where to find it, what you can get from the report, and also some ways you can customize it to show more specific data.

 

 

This data is important because you might generate a ton of clicks through your paid digital platforms, but if the users aren’t staying on your site and taking action, you likely need to audit your audience or creative. We’ve seen that when these two metrics are solid, the conversions typically follow.

Conversion Path Report

Under Advertising on your GA4 toolbar you’ll see an option labeled “conversion paths”. The name here kind of gives it away, as it shows you the journey users take before converting. You can see what traffic sources are driving conversions, but also how many touchpoints it took to get them there. 

What I really love about this report is that if you’re running paid ads on multiple platforms, you can actually see if conversions are coming from users that interacted with an ad on one platform, then eventually converted through another. Just because you aren’t seeing direct conversions coming from a specific platform doesn’t mean it isn’t doing anything for your business. For example a user might be hit with ads on paid social a few times, then convert directly through a Google Ad. In this instance think of Paid Social as your “starting pitcher” and Google Ads as your “closer”.

Now take your toolbox and get out of here

Facebook, LinkedIn and Google are powerful tools for your business — especially now that you know what levers to pull so they’re working in your favor. 

Are there other ad platforms out there? Yes. But they don’t provide nearly the same returns. Are there other helpful metrics within those platforms? Also yes. But now you have your foundation. So grab your tools and get to work.

A guide to digital ad platforms part one: Using the right tools for the job

Being a digital marketer can be tough. Being a digital marketer in the B2B industrial space is even tougher.

It’s not as easy as posting a picture of a restaurant’s $10 double bacon cheeseburger online and boom — you see ROI from your digital ads. The product or service you’re selling to people can sometimes cost north of $500K, and on top of that, your audience is extremely niche.

It isn’t easy, and many marketers wonder how to use their ad spend efficiently. They’ve got the tools in the campaign manager dashboards of Google, LinkedIn and Facebook. But what’s true on the packaging production line or in the field technicians’ road kit is true in the marketing workspace: You won’t go far without the right tool for the job.

In this guide to digital advertising, we’ll walk through how to use each platform and tips in mind when advertising for your business.

You can check out part two here, where we cover metrics on each platform and how to use these insights to tighten your targeting and drive more business.

Facebook, LinkedIn and Google for B2B marketers 

The primary platforms we see working best for industrial companies are Facebook, LinkedIn and Google.

All three platforms we are discussing have plenty of similarities: i.e. they’re paid digital platforms that track advertising results to generate (and show) ROI for your business.

Each of these platforms can be a fantastic use of your marketing dollars, if done the right way. But each has its strengths and weaknesses.

Facebook

For Facebook, the main benefits are cost efficiency and tracking capabilities.

You can deliver your content for extremely cheap CPM’s on this platform, and track the results of your advertising to an extent that most platforms simply don’t offer.

Facebook’s Meta Pixel allows you to track online events such as leads from your website, visits to a specific page, and more. Or it could be offline conversion options where you can upload data from other sources such as your CRM. It even shows you what specific ad drove those actions, so you can make informed decisions on what content you show your audience.

Now you can see if the people you’re targeting are becoming leads and leading to more opportunities for your business.

The main downfall of Facebook (besides their nightmare of a support service) is something I would describe as a need to “trim the fat”. What I mean is, there can be an awful lot of people in your audience that are outside of your actual target audience.

The good news is though some of your ad spend will likely be spent on users that are nowhere near a potential qualified lead, the cost to distribute your content on Facebook is so low that your overall cost per lead should still be manageable if you’re running ads correctly.

LinkedIn

In contrast, look at LinkedIn like an excellent cut of meat — no fat cutting needed. LinkedIn uses its own first party data for its audience targeting. You can target users by specific job titles within a specific industry, or even layer it further by adding in job seniority as a criteria and basic traits such as age and location.

It also offers a lot of the same tracking capabilities as Facebook through LinkedIn Insights tag (their version of the Meta Pixel). They even offer offline conversions like Facebook does too (however LinkedIn’s Offline Conversion capabilities are still pretty far behind Facebook’s as of now).

You might be thinking, “Is there any con to advertising on LinkedIn for B2B?”

Once again, LinkedIn is like an excellent cut of meat. And just like a high end steak at your local butcher, LinkedIn can cost a pretty penny.

Website visits, cost per lead, and most CPMs will cost more on LinkedIn than Facebook, but here you’re paying for quality over quantity.

Google

Google is like a giant amusement park with every ride or attraction you could ever imagine. But sometimes finding your way around that amusement park can be really tricky.

Google’s new Performance Max campaigns also offer some impressive targeting capabilities such as individuals who research certain sites, search terms or have shown interest in certain products or services.

Google also has a wide abundance of creative capabilities. You can run basic search campaigns, video content, or essentially any creative asset you can think of. You can also advertise your product pages directly at the top of search queries through the shopping ad placement in Performance Max campaigns.

The biggest strength Google offers is the data that it provides for its advertisers. Compared to Facebook and LinkedIn, the amount of information you can get out of Google is best in class for ad platforms in terms of how the users behave, what makes them convert, when, etc.

If you’re running paid search ads, your targeting can be pretty simple. Your keyword targeting should mimic the products/services your company offers along with some of the problems your potential customers face that cause them to need your company.

Ironically, Google’s biggest strength as an ad platform can also be its biggest weakness as well. It is extremely easy to type up a search ad with a few keywords and hit “upload”.

But it’s harder to understand things like Google Ads best practices, where to find information and conversion tracking compared to platforms such as Facebook and LinkedIn. Getting proficient on this ad platform can take much more time than some other options, but once you are there the opportunities can be endless.

What tool for what job?

Now that we’ve gone over a user’s mindset on each platform, as well as the pros and cons, let’s wrap up by discussing what the best use for each of these bad boys is.

To create demand: LinkedIn and Facebook.

LinkedIn=education, Facebook=entertainment

Your B2B product or service is likely complex. To really get the benefits across to your audience, it may require an in depth explanation, maybe with a neat little graphic. Your ads should be the most educating on LinkedIn because your audience is more engaged, in a business mindset and ready to learn on Linkedin.

Which as I mentioned above, your audience can and should be very specific when using Linkedin.

Facebook may not be a business platform, but with its potential reach it can be used to generate brand awareness for your company. That in turn generates interest in what you’re selling at a very efficient cost.

Use Facebook similarly to LinkedIn to help build the top of your funnel by emotionally entertaining your audience to generate interest.

To capture existing demand: Google

Google ads will be there for you when that audience member who’s been hit with your paid social ads for months finally makes the decision to invest in a product or service like yours and they search “best option for [your product]”.

Google is where you capture the demand of your high-intent, ready-to-buy potential customers that don’t need to be nurtured for months. Paid social is best used to educate, entertain, and nurture your targeted audiences, Google is best used to reel those suckers in.

I’m still a bit overwhelmed — where’s the one place I should start?

If your company may not have the budget to cover both paid social and search or you think it may be difficult to get your leadership to commit to multiple platforms, which one should you pick if you only get one?

Your best bet to start would be running high-intent search campaigns on Google. These users don’t need to be nurtured for months like some do on paid social. This is a quicker avenue to show results and get some room to scale out a full-fledged digital marketing program.

Understand your user’s mindset to create compelling ad content

A huge mistake marketers can make is not acknowledging that the end user is in an entirely different mindset when using each platform.

It may be the exact same person on the other end of that screen. However, speaking to them the same way on each platform can be a little like trying to fit a triangle into a square hole.

We’ll tackle Facebook and LinkedIn first.

These are both paid social platforms, where the user’s mindset/intent is a lot more passive than when they’re getting hit with Google Ads.

Facebook

When a user is on Facebook, they’re typically going on there to see updates from their friends, /family, and the latest adorable puppy footage.

On Facebook, you want your content to pull on one of their emotions. Try to grab their attention by being funny, addressing a problem that angers them while at work, or selling an ideal (“How’d you like to never replace your generator battery”) to grab their attention.

Remember: Facebook has mass abundance of content, so the user’s attention span is far shorter than most platforms.

LinkedIn

With Facebook, the user is in a mindset to be entertained, while on LinkedIn, the user is there to learn.

Content includes insight from companies they follow and, education directly related to their field and position.

This causes the user to be more engaged, making them much more likely to read longer content when it can help solve a professional problem.

With LinkedIn being much less of an emotion-based platform than Facebook, your content here can be more cut and dry. Content that addresses the user’s exact problem (and introduces how your company can solve it) will strike it big on LinkedIn.

Google

Google’s algorithm is more cut and dry than paid social platforms. It receives a search query from the user, and in a matter of seconds crawls millions of options across the web to give that user the best answer for their question.

Users comes to Google Ads to find the answer to a question they have, and they’d like it answered promptly.

So, you need it to be crystal clear to the end user and Google that the landing page and the ad are exactly what they are looking for.

Their search might not be worded as a question. For example, they might search “landfill odors.” But their real question is “My landfill stinks. How do I best solve this?”

With the right keywords and ad copy, your ad should essentially scream “ME. I AM THE ANSWER TO YOUR QUESTION” (we wouldn’t recommend using that as copy though. It’s quite aggressive).

Google captures a more bottom-of-funnel, high-intent, ready-to-buy audience. So get to the point of how you solve their problem, because the user and Google don’t have much patience to wonder if you are or not.

Take this into practice and make your company some money!

You’re now ready to take everything you’ve learned today and execute. To review…..

Facebook is where you go to entertain and build a relationship with your target audience, utilizing it’s massive reach and advanced tracking capabilities.

Linkedin is where you to to educate your audience in depth about what your company has to offer, to a near perfect target audience for your business.

Google is where you capture the demand that you generated using Linkedin and Facebook by reaching users right when they are ready to make a business decision. In this case, hopefully it is to give your company a lot of money to solve a problem of theirs.

If you got to the end of this and are wondering, “Great, but what the heck do I measure on these things?” don’t fret. All that fun stuff is in part two of this overview.

 

Demand generation for manufacturers: The art of attracting more leads

What is demand generation and why is it so important for manufacturers?

Let’s walk through a thought exercise.

Think about your target account.

Which group of buying influencers is the most important to talk to? What problems do you solve for them?

graphic conveying ideas about buying process influencers expressed in the post

For this example, imagine your answers were:

  • Target account = General Motors
  • Buying process influencers = process engineers
  • The problem you solve = high scrap rates, which you help reduce by 5%

That GM process engineer (let’s call him Andy) is aware of his scrap problem, but isn’t in the market for new tooling. He does, however, like to scroll through Facebook on his lunch break.

Andy starts seeing a mix of ads from your company – educational articles, case studies and product videos. It’s clear you solve the exact problem he’s having at work.

Now, repeat that scenario over the course of six months.

GM’s scrap problem has been getting worse and frustrations are building.

Finally, Andy gets approval to replace the old tooling. Because of your Facebook ads, he’s familiar with your products and reaches out to you directly.

THAT’s the power of demand generation.

Why does this work?

Most of your prospective customers are like Andy. They have a problem you can help solve, BUT they aren’t currently in a buy cycle.

Yet, many industrial companies market to Andy as if he were looking to purchase tooling tomorrow.

If Andy were only seeing ads with pictures of your product that said, “Get a quote now,” that wouldn’t be memorable OR helpful for his current situation.

The scrap rate was a real problem. He needed guidance, not a sales pitch.

And upgrading tooling can be expensive and risky. He needed to trust you, too.

The ads he saw:

  • Offered guidance through expert articles that actually helped Andy do his job better
  • Built trust through case studies about how you solved problems for customers just like him
  • Demonstrated how your tooling worked with technical product videos

Overtime, those small touch points built trust with Andy. When it came time to buy, he knew who you were, how you could help him and had some trust in your brand’s ability to solve his problem.

It’s a similar approach your top salesperson might take with a prospect. Send them helpful information over email. Take them out to dinner a few times to build a relationship. Invite them to your shop for a product demonstration. 

The touch points on social media are much smaller, but they’re also less expensive, more frequent and SCALABLE. 

There are tens of thousands of Andy’s out there seeing these same ads and having similar journeys. That scale is the advantage of a demand generation program.

But what about trade shows? Prospecting? Email?

A demand generation program on paid social doesn’t need to replace your current sales and marketing efforts, especially if they’re producing results (and, actually, we break down our approach to a comprehensive industrial marketing strategy, and how demand generation fits in, in this post).

Demand generation is an opportunity to amplify what you’re already doing.

There are a few key reasons why you should consider adding demand gen into your marketing mix:

  • The buying process is changing
  • Most of your buyers aren’t in buy-mode right now
  • It’s an opportunity your competitors might not be taking advantage of, giving you an edge

Graph showing how the prospects buying power has increased over time, while the business's power in the sale has gone down

The buying process is changing

More and more of the buying process is happening online. Young engineers are reading articles or watching videos before they’re talking to a sales rep about a solution.

As access to information increases for your customers, your “power” in the buying process decreases.

But that’s not necessarily a bad thing! You now have opportunities to help and influence your customers before they even talk to you. You can generate demand.

Several people icons in a group, 3 of then are highlighted in orange with an arrow pointing to them and saying "only 1-3% are actively looking for a solution.

Most of your buyers aren’t in buy-mode right now

This was Andy’s situation in our example. Only about 1-3% of your potential buyers are looking for a solution right now. If your marketing is only geared toward them, you’re missing all the Andy’s who could be buying from you in six months.

Demand generation is an opportunity

Open Google and search for the “Facebook Ads Library.” Once there, search for your top competitor. You can see all the ads they’re running.

You can do this on LinkedIn, too. Just go to their company page, click “posts” and filter by “ads.”

Are they running ads? If so, would they have helped Andy in his situation?

Most industrial companies aren’t doing demand gen.

This means you have an opportunity to talk to your ideal customers where your competitors aren’t. At a trade show, you may be across the aisle from each other, but on Facebook? Your customers are only seeing YOU. 

Why pay for ads when you can post on LinkedIn and Facebook for free?

There’s a big difference between organic and paid social media. 

When you post organically on your LinkedIn page, LinkedIn can show that to whoever it wants. There’s no guarantee that all your followers will even see it.

LinkedIn also tends to suppress company page reach, because users would rather see updates from their friends and colleagues.

For example, Gorilla 76’s own LinkedIn page has over 4,000 followers, but our posts only get about 500 to 1,000 impressions when we’re regularly posting helpful content.

Paid social media comes with two major advantages:

  1. Controlled targeting
  2. Scale

Just look at this audience built in LinkedIn based on our earlier example:

Screenshot of an audience built in the LinkedIn platform

That’s 25,000 people…

…with the exact right engineering titles…

…working in motor vehicle manufacturing.

And that’s only scratching the surface. With some more specific information about business goals, this audience could easily be scaled up or niched down.

Don’t forget, this is also guaranteed distribution. LinkedIn doesn’t show ads to whoever it wants to like it does with organic posts. It shows them to the audience you specified, which is MUCH larger and targeted than your organic following.

The pieces of a successful demand generation program for manufacturers

Before you start, two things need to be clear:

  1. How exactly does this program fit into your business goals?
  2. What’s your focus going to be?

Don’t do demand gen just to do it. This strategy won’t be effective unless it ties back to business goals. If one of your goals is growing your customer base in the automotive industry, your demand generation program should target that industry.

Which brings me to the second point: focus.

You probably have five to 10 industries or customer segments you could sell to. Demand gen and paid social are scalable, but you can’t boil the ocean here. 

You need to focus on one audience to get started. Otherwise you’re going to dilute your efforts and spend way too much money on ads.

Once your goals and audience are clear, you can dive in.

There are three key components to a demand generation program:

  1. Developing your messaging: what do you need to say to your customers?
  2. Creating content: how are you going to communicate that message?
  3. Distribution: how are you going to make sure your ideal customers consume that content?

Developing your messaging

How do you want to position yourself in your market? What differentiates you? What problems do you solve for your customers?

These are all important questions you need to answer with your messaging, and the best way to answer them is by actually talking to your customers.

As a business owner, you’ve probably interacted with a lot of customers and have some really great assumptions about the above. But you need to validate those assumptions by actually talking to your customers. I’ve seen it happen many times: the business owner assumes one thing and their customer tells them another.

Their answers to the questions above become your messaging. 

Next, you need to create content that communicates that message.

Creating content

We’ve written about content creation a LOT here at Gorilla, so if you’re interested in the nitty gritty, I’d recommend this article, or this one or even this one. However, I’m going to give the 30,000-foot view.

venn diagram, left circle says "What your prospects want (or need) to understand, left circle says "the knowledge of your people", the overlapping section says "your messaging and content strategy"

Content is critical for your demand gen success because:

  1. No one wants to be sold to 
  2. It builds trust by showing your expertise
  3. It helps your customers do their jobs better, and helpful = memorable

Think back to Andy at the beginning of this piece. The ads he saw weren’t reminiscent of a used car salesman. They were full of expertise and insights from the company’s subject matter experts and customers. This content helped Andy start solving problems at work. 

THAT’S what made him remember the brand. Not a flashy “get a quote” button.

Content can work like another salesperson on your team, offering helpful info to customers and guiding them through the sales journey.

So, what content do you need to create to do this? Look back to your messaging and audience.

If the problems you solve for your customers are highly complex…

…consider educational articles written by your own engineers to break it down.

If your target audience is primarily engineers who need to spec equipment into projects…

…consider more technical product videos and spec sheets.

If your solution is a large investment for your customers…

…consider social proof like case studies or video testimonials from other customers to put them at ease.

Once you have some content, it’s time to distribute it to your ideal customers.

Distribution

Gorilla 76 founder, Joe Sullivan, has a great analogy about the importance of distribution:

cafe in an alley

Imagine you’re opening a new restaurant. Your chef has worked in the best kitchens across Europe. Your waitstaff never lets a glass become empty. The finest linens and fresh centerpieces adorn your tables every night.

It’s a really classy, 5-star joint.

But…you’re located on a quaint side street and no one knows your restaurant even exists.

In that scenario, it makes perfect sense to put a little money into advertising this amazing restaurant, right? How can you expect people to find it on their own?

Manufacturers and restaurants are apples and oranges (or maybe more like apples and CNC machines,) but the principle still applies.

You’ve put so much work into making your business great. But what’s the point if your ideal customers aren’t aware of you?

You need to target these customers where they’re already spending time and deliver the right message with the right content.

Bonus: Analyze and iterate

Even after all this hard work, it’s still probably not going to be perfect. You need to analyze your ad performance to see what’s working best.

Then, you can test small adjustments to your copy, creative and content to optimize your ad performance.

When to expect results from demand generation

You might be thinking this sounds like a lot of work. And for Facebook or LinkedIn ads? Maybe you’ve tried them before and haven’t been impressed. Where are the results?

I’ll reference back to Andy again. He was seeing ads from the tooling provider for SIX months before he finally reached out. Although that’s only an example, it’s pretty typical for manufacturers who are running demand gen successfully.

There are a couple of reasons for this longer timeline to results for manufacturers:

  1. The amount of trust you need to build
  2. The length of your sales cycle

Sure, maybe B2C brands like Nike can expect to see results from paid social in 24 hours – buying a $75 pair of sneakers isn’t a high-risk investment.

Spending $100K on tooling or machinery is a completely different story.

How long would you expect it to take for your top salesperson to start building a relationship with a brand new target account? Now double that. That’s how long it takes to start building trust with your ideal customers online.

Once they trust you, how long does it take them to actually buy from you? For most manufacturers, it can be anywhere from three months to over a year. The longer your sales cycle, the longer it’s going to take to see real results (read: revenue) from your paid social demand gen program.

If you quit after 30 days, demand generation is always going to be tossed aside as a failure. 

We recommend giving this type of program at LEAST six months to start gathering high intent leads. You’re literally generating demand here. That takes time, energy, and most importantly, patience.

We’ve talked about:

  • What demand generation is 
  • Why it works for manufacturers
  • And the pieces of a demand gen plan

This article is a great place to start, but if you want to chat with an expert about how this could work for your specific business, feel free to book a free consultation.

The importance of ethical B2B marketing

“Ads make promises.
Promises bring people hope.
Don’t f*** with a person’s hope.”
—Seth Godin, VeryGoodCopy

Ethical marketing can be underrated in the B2B industry.

And that’s not good, because B2B is the lifeblood of our economy.

Unethical business practices (in marketing or otherwise) make our economy less efficient. That has ripple effects for everyone.

Take for example inflating the efficacy of an electrical efficiency system. This redirects investments from more effective technologies that offer greater global benefits. We’d all love lower electrical bills, right?

That’s why we’ll all be better off with ethical B2B marketing practices.

So, how can we make that happen within our organizations?

What does ethical B2B marketing look like?

“Good products can be sold by honest advertising.” —David Ogilvy, The Father of Advertising

Unethical marketers practice deception, manipulation and puffery that promotes materialism, wastefulness and debt.

Ethical marketers promote products and services that solve real problems.

They provide customers with complete and honest information. They clearly show when the product will meet customers’ needs. And they’re open about how the business functions throughout the entire buying process.

The pillars of ethical marketing: honesty, clarity and transparency

— Honesty means everything you say is completely true.

— Clarity means the information is concise, easy to understand and not at all misleading.

— Transparency means providing any relevant information that could impact a buyer’s decision.

Every marketing strategy should serve your target customers’ best interests.

Say you distribute a news roundup billed as “Everything you need to know in the industry to succeed.”

You can’t leave out bad industry news that hurts your bottom line. Nobody makes solid choices on incomplete information. Customers will lose trust in your newsletter after it leads them to make unwise business decisions.

If you only want to share the good news in your industry, be honest about it. Call your newsletter something like, “The sector’s best news stories”.

Winning from mistakes: The subcontractor case study

I believe fundamental honesty is the keystone of business. —Harvey S. Firestone, founder of Firestone Tire and Rubber Company

There’s no such thing as a perfect company, and everyone knows that. Yet many companies spurn the imperfect.

Highlighting how you overcome adversity allows you to turn mistakes into wins.

And on the flip side, not being honest, clear and transparent can be a major risk if you’re called out in public.

Let’s look at an in-house example.

A subcontractor wanted G76 to write a case study about one of their big construction projects.

Senior Writer Rose Hansen interviewed the project’s general contractor. He said our client delivered a great final product. But there were problems with the workmanship in the early days.

To their credit, the client corrected every mistake. The project finished ahead of schedule despite early delays.

Such a tight turnaround seemed like an ideal focus for the piece. Stories about a business owning its mistakes are novel enough to attract attention.

And that’s what content marketing is all about.

Rose wrote a case study about an honest and forthright contractor that takes feedback well and works hard until the job is done right.

“It’s a beautiful story to share on social media, because we see all these ‘We’re so great at everything’ kind of stories all the time,” said G76 Thinker & Senior Strategist Mary Keough. “It was really nice to see this real plot find a happy resolution, and they wanted to cut out all of the plot.”

From the account manager’s perspective, admitting those faults would be a stain on the resume.

The client asked Rose to omit all their mistakes from the narrative and stick to the good stuff. It left the case study feeling hollow. Their most impressive feats were made to fix those mistakes.

On top of that, the general contractor and other people within the project knew that wasn’t the full story. If they got called out, Rose was afraid it could tarnish the client’s reputation.

“We were using the general contractor’s testimony to twist the story to support a version of events that did not happen, taking his quotes out of context,” Rose said.

She worked to find a solution, but the client wouldn’t budge. Neither did Rose. It was for their own good.

G76 eventually gave the client the version we supported. They could do with it what they would. But in the end, they saw it our way.

The story went live, showing the team’s incredible efforts to correct honest mistakes.

Ethical content distribution

It takes 20 years to build a reputation and five minutes to ruin it. If you think about that, you’ll do things differently. —Warren Buffet, American business magnate

Digital marketing offers many ways to accrue and leverage people’s contact information. You could host a webinar, attend a conference or offer gated content. But no matter how you get it, only use someone’s contact information for the reasons they provided it.

If they haven’t opted in for the information, don’t send it to them. You’ll only waste their time and make them think less of your brand. And they could pass that perception on to their friends and peers. And next thing you know, your company has an awful reputation.

“First, you’re invading the individual’s control over their own buying process. Then you’ve got a bad reputation on channels that you can’t control,” Mary said. “Come at this with a sense of empathy first. There are better ways to get people to sign up for your newsletter than buying lists or adding them without their permission.”

Annoying marketing methods could have immediate consequences at major B2B companies.

If your email address gets directed to the spam folder at a company like Honeywell, you may never get out.

“All of a sudden, they say, ‘I can’t talk to anybody at Honeywell anymore because my emails are getting bounced,’” Mary said. “And it’s like, ‘Yeah. Because you blasted them with emails and now their server has you on a block list.’”

The G76 process for ethical considerations

Never deceive others in business or in life. In 1995 I was deceived by four companies that are now closed. A company cannot go far by deceit. —Jack Ma, Chinese business magnate

There’s a lot to think about when addressing ethical concerns. That’s why we follow a list of considerations such as the impact on all stakeholders, legal considerations and, ultimately, if we should participate in the project.

Gorilla 76 scrutinizes ethical issues with every marketing strategy. Clients should do the same.

We often find an approach that meets business needs and ethical policies. If it violates our obligation to ethical marketing, we’ll walk away from the project.

Let’s walk through another example together.

The tobacco case study

In another ethical conundrum, one of our clients wanted to highlight a promotion that was intended to skirt laws against tobacco coupons. Rose didn’t feel right about the strategy.

Marketing around harmful products like tobacco can be tricky enough, but Rose had other concerns. The client could gain a reputation for dubious business practices. They wanted to foster their image as a trustworthy company, and this didn’t fit the bill.

“The client wanted to illustrate how they exploited a loophole in federal regulations to deliver business results for a tobacco company,” Rose said. “They already had so little market space, we were afraid if they highlighted this tobacco project, it could turn off other prospective clients. And tobacco is not a growing market either.”

Rose brought her concerns to the client. It took a lot of back and forth. But they decided to develop the case study on a similar project for a different company.

Considering all the angles

Here are the guiding questions that G76 uses to interrogate ethical issues:

  • Are there deceptive and/or otherwise untrue elements of this marketing strategy, including untold truths?
  • Does anything about this marketing strategy/product/service conflict with Gorilla 76’s code of ethics?
  • Who are the immediate stakeholders of this product, service and/or marketing strategy?
  • Who are the more remote stakeholders and how much may they be impacted?
  • How vulnerable are the impacted populations to harm?
    • Ex: Impoverished communities are more likely to experience long-lasting negative consequences as compared to affluent communities.
  • How vital are tobacco products to the overall function to the wider economy?
    • Ex: Steel, oil and electricity are essential components of a functioning economy, whereas it is much more difficult to argue that we need cigarettes to function as a society.
  • What is this industry’s overall effect on and responsibilities to the wider economy?
    • Ex: Does the tobacco industry have an overall positive or negative impact on the function of our society and economy?
  • Are tobacco products harmful?
  • Are tobacco products subject to government regulation?
    • Is there potential for the government to impose regulations if problematic issues related to this product/service/strategy go unchecked?
  • How may this product/service/strategy affect stakeholders and the wider economy in unintended ways?
    • Ex: The more cigarette smokers in a population, the more state-funded healthcare expenses are accrued for medical coverage.
  • What was the intention of this marketing strategy/product/service?
  • What are the most likely outcomes to this strategy/product/service?
  • What are the most severe potential negative outcomes of this strategy/product/service?
  • What are the established cultural perceptions and norms regarding this kind of product/service/strategy among the stakeholders and wider society?
  • How will this strategy/product/service likely affect the public image, stakeholder perceptions and brand positioning of our agency and the client?
  • Should we participate in this project?

All these questions aren’t applicable in every case but take the time to consider every angle.

Take the truth to your market

“There is one and only one social responsibility of business–to use its resources and engage in activities designed to increase its profits so long as it stays within the rules of the game, which is to say, engages in open and free competition without deception or fraud.” —Milton Friedman, Nobel Prize economist

We all benefit when B2B marketers foster an honest and transparent buying process. But it’s easier said than done. Especially for small businesses with limited experience in content distribution.

Sometimes, you need a guide to help navigate all the ethical problems that can befall B2B brands with the even purest intentions.

Reach out to us at Gorilla 76 when you need help. We’ve worked with dozens of B2B companies and know the common pitfalls.

Let’s put your content marketing into perspective, strategically and ethically.

How industrial companies must think about digital marketing in 2023

We live in two worlds: the physical and the digital.

In the digital world, we spend more time in some spaces than others:

👉 Gaming
👉 Streaming services
👉 Social media, namely Facebook, YouTube, WhatsApp and Instagram
(see Hootsuite’s Global State of Digital if you disagree)
👉 Online communities, think Reddit, Quora, Slack, podcasts, etc.
👉 Google for one-off information
(66% of Google searches result in zero clicks – meaning they get all the info they need on the SERP)
👉 Work apps, like Google, Microsoft Office, Teams, email, etc.

First, what are the common threads?

👉 Entertainment

People use social media, gaming and streaming services for primarily this reason.

👉 Education

People use social media, online communities and Google for this purpose.

👉 Engagement (community)

People use gaming, communities and social media as their go-to engagement channels.

👉 Utility

I can’t do my job without work apps or I need to get on Amazon to buy diapers.

Second, what’s the intent?

Said another way, what is this person trying to get out of being inside this channel?

👉 Passive consumption

A person watches videos or movies, scrolls social feeds or peruses community threads.

👉 Active consumption

A person needs information on a topic, wants to buy something or is playing a video game.

In passive consumption, the person wants to be entertained and educated.

They may want to engage, but after having passively consumed content.

For example, I’m perusing Reddit and find a good thread I want to participate in, so I add my two cents. My initial intent was passive, but now I’ve become active.

In active consumption, a person wants to engage or get something out of a specific need.

Now, as a B2B marketer, how does your company fit inside this landscape?

How are you taking advantage of where your buyers not only spend their time online, but also *how* they’re consuming content?

Most B2B companies we work with are not doing much in the digital world where people are spending most of their time.

Read that last sentence one more time. It’s worth it.

In the digital world, most B2B companies:

  • Create content for their website
  • Repost content from the website on their company social media pages
  • Use Google Ads to generate leads
  • Blast their email list with product promos

First, consider your website. It’s not that you shouldn’t care about your it. Your website is your greatest marketing conversion asset going into 2023. But, your website should not be the main arena where your content is created. It should be secondary to the channels where people are spending most of their time in the digital world.

Let’s do an exercise.

Go into Google Analytics and look up the average time spent on your website.

One minute? Two? Sheesh, maybe five to seven minutes?!

Now, take a step back.

The average U.S. adult spends six to eight HOURS online every day.

And they’re on your website for a minute or two. Like, in their whole life. Not every day.

Now, consider your company’s social media use. Going back to why people spend more time in certain digital spaces than others: For social media, it’s entertainment, education and community. Furthermore, social media is primarily a passive consumption channel. This means you need to have a GREAT reason why someone should stop scrolling through puppy videos, their friend’s vacation pictures or their community’s job updates to actually STOP scrolling, PAUSE to consider if the content is worth reading and then CONSUME it.

I know of very few companies who are doing this. Be honest about whether your company’s social media use fits into the way people want to consume content in the channels they’re in.

Finally, let’s take a look at Google Ads.

Go into Search Console.

For the majority of B2B companies, the top one to three results is the company name.

This means, most people are not finding you in Google by searching [thing your company does].

They’ve likely already heard about you through word of mouth (by far the most common thread for B2B industrial companies we work with) and went to your website to get more information or convert on a form.

So, why are you bidding on keywords like [thing your company does], if no one is finding you this way now? The most reasonable justification is: But, we want them to find us by searching thing your company does.

Fair.

Let’s go through another scenario.

I need a new CRM provider for our company. I already know three to five options because I heard about them on a marketing podcast, people in my network use them or they do great content marketing and I follow their activities.

Next, what am I going to do?

Likely, go to my network and online communities to see what others have to say.

Then, I’ll go to Google for basic information, like pricing and features. And finally, if I feel like it’s worthwhile, I’ll convert on a “Request a Demo” form.

“But Mary, we sell commodity products. Not big enterprise deals.”

Also fair.

So, you’re using Google to compete with likely five to 25 other companies who are bidding on the same commodity keywords you’re bidding on. Now, it’s a price and delivery game. Who can get it to me the fastest and the cheapest?

If that’s the game you want to play in 2023, by all means.

How can you shift your digital strategy?

If you want to win in the digital world today, you need to critically think about where your buyers are spending time online AND what they hope to get out of those channels.

If you’re truly not sure where your buyers spend time, ask them. Seriously. Call up five to 10 customers in the next few weeks and ask them the following questions:

👉 How does our product fit into your day-to-day?

👉 What problems does it solve?

👉 When you’re in the market for a similar product, how are you researching options? If they say “Google,” probe a bit and ask what keywords they’re using or if they already know providers who sell that product.

To shift your digital marketing strategy in 2023, you need to ask yourself the following questions about your buyers:

👉 Where are they consuming?
The channels

👉 How are they consuming content?
Passive or active

Now: How do you respond? Will you continue to do things your way because it’s the way it’s always been done?

Or, will you take the leap and shift your strategy to market and sell your product the way buyers want to buy.

Should I hire an agency or an internal marketing team?

Marketing is a thorn in your side. I get it.

It’s expensive. It’s risky. It’s filled with ambiguous words like “positioning,” “messaging,” and “brand.”

And at the end of the day, you could spend thousands, maybe hundreds of thousands of dollars on “marketing” that turned up nothing but a few flowery statements and a tolerable, albeit unexceptional website.

But here you are. It’s 2022. Your website is unassuming, and your social media presence is minimal. You can’t stomach the thought of spending another $50K on a trade show exhibit, and you keep hearing about how other companies use marketing to grow the business.

What gives?!

You’re not alone. And if you’re truly ready to start using marketing as your business growth lever, this article is for you.

First and foremost, when it comes to marketing, there’s only one person you need to channel: Jerry Maguire.

You know where I’m going with this: “Show me the money!”

 

Great marketing costs money. So, if you are not ready to spend $120,000, minimum, per year,  you can’t afford great marketing… yet.

I can hear your protests already. You’re probably thinking something like:

“But Mary, I can hire a marketing specialist or manager for almost half that number.”

“Some of our sales reps don’t even make this much!”

“Agencies cost way less than this.”

All true. In marketing, as in most things, you get what you pay for. And these agencies or internal hires will turn up mediocre results.

You’re not reading this article for mediocre results.

So, let’s explore the marketing options at your disposal: building an internal marketing team or hiring an agency. Click below to choose your own adventure!

I want to build out an internal marketing team

Whether you have $120K to spend on marketing or $5M, you need to start with a marketing leader.

If you have $120K and not a penny more, read on.

You will pay them the entire $120,000 per year budget. He or she will report to the CEO or to your product team. Under no circumstances will you force this person to report to a sales leader. Sales and marketing should work together on the same playing field.

Whether it’s obvious or not, forcing a marketing leader to report to sales will result in marketing/sales misalignment.

To quote 3-time VP of Marketing, MJ Peters, “It’s much harder for someone who is not an exec (VP+) to be seen as a leader across the whole business. When the leader of the function isn’t seen as a leader of the business, it can impact how people view that function.”

Forcing a great marketer to report to sales places marketing beneath sales. A great marketer will see this and will not pursue a position with your company.

Preferably, this person should be the VP of marketing, though Head of marketing also works. Note: if you have a VP of sales, you should have a VP of marketing. Again, this goes back to how you want marketing to be positioned and viewed in your company. A business leader is someone on the executive team. If your marketing leader is not on the executive team, marketing will not be seen as a function necessary to the business.

As far as what they’ll do, temper your expectations. They have zero marketing budget, so any efforts for the first 12 months will likely be laying a foundation for future success.

So, how will you vet this person?

In the job description and interview process, you need to be upfront.

*Sample Job Description*

 

VP of marketing needed at midsize B2B manufacturing company

This will be our first time hiring a marketing leader. Sales have remained steady (or stagnated) for the past three years. We know we could be doing more with marketing, so we need an ambitious, driven leader to help us pave the way.

What we need

The VP of marketing will be responsible for creating and executing a go-to-market framework for our product line that is scalable and measurable.

We need someone who can work collaboratively with our sales and product engineering teams to find opportunities for growth.

Revenue growth is your north star metric. If business grows, your team grows.

Your experience:

  • We prefer someone with 3+ years of experience in a product marketing role
  • OR the equivalent experience in helping grow a brand through marketing
  • Experience in digital marketing and advertising is a must

*End of sample job description*

“But it’s so short?”

“We need someone with more experience.”

“What about their schooling?”

Nope. None of that. Open the door for folks who want to seize this opportunity. A very good, resourceful and ambitious marketer will see this job description, and it will make their heart race. That’s who you’re looking for.

In the interview process

Ask them go-to-market strategy questions.

  • How have they built a product marketing process or framework?
    • Red flag answer: “I haven’t.” Or, they can’t articulate it well.
  • What would the process look like for your product?
    • Red flag answer: anything incoherent or that does not match your product category. If you sell a commodity product, for example, mentioning trade shows, podcasts or high-lift efforts won’t make sense initially. If you sell a high price tag, specialty product that requires a lot of customer education, then mentioning Google Ads or SEO won’t work in the short term.
  • What is their marketing philosophy?
    • Make sure you have yours first. If there is a large gap between the two or you don’t agree, then this probably is not a good fit.
  • How do they measure results?
    • Red flag response: any measurement that does not tie back to business results, i.e. website traffic, follower count, video views, etc.
  • Where do they see the greatest opportunity for brands in your category right now?
    • Red flag response: they say nothing, or their suggestion doesn’t make sense. If they’re serious about this position, they’ve thought of at least one potential growth channel for your company.
  • What are the biggest misses where companies are wasting marketing dollars?
    • Red flag response: they don’t know. A great marketing leader has A LOT of ideas here.
  • What would they do in the first 30, 60, 90 days?
    • Red flag response: they aren’t sure or they don’t mention customer research.

You’ll soon find out why this person is worth the $120K.

After hiring

Your new VP of marketing will hit the ground running.

They’ll start by building relationships with sales, product development and customer success while also conducting customer research. They will use insights from this to build a framework for how to reach your customers with the right messaging and how to measure results.

Within 18 months, you’ll be raising marketing budget and your new hire’s pay significantly. Then you can buy me a drink. I prefer red wine.

I have between $120-200K.

This is a fun budget. Hire a marketing leader for $120-150K and give her or him the remaining budget (if there is any). A little extra budget can go a long way, if you hired a good, scrappy marketing leader.

They’ll likely hire one or two freelancers and get your website up to par. The website is the most under-utilized, low-hanging fruit for most industrial companies. A great marketing leader will realize the potential impact here.

Read the above section for hiring tips, and let your new VP of marketing know they have some extra budget to play with.

I have more than $200K

First, you’ll hire a VP of marketing for $120-150K. If you have $225K or less total marketing budget, give the rest to your new VP. They’ll know what to do.

If you have more than $300K, you likely have room to hire both a VP of marketing and another marketer or agency. I would let the new VP select the kind of internal or agency support they need depending on the go-to-market framework they develop.

All in all, the secret to great marketing is to trust the leader you hire.

I want to hire an agency

This may be the best option if you’re a marketing leader looking to supplement your current program or if you’re a small company looking to test drive a marketing framework.

When vetting agencies, look for the following positive signals:

Positive signal #1: They work your niche.

If you’re a SaaS company, hire a SaaS agency. If you’re an industrial company, hire an industrial agency. There is no bigger red flag than an agency who works with clients from asynchronous markets. They are not an agency, they are a vendor. Big difference.

Positive signal #2: They want to dig into or help you build a CRM.

Bonus points if they ask to audit your CRM before engaging with you.

Positive signals #3: They want to know about your business fundamentals that tie back to marketing.

  • Positioning: What do you do, who do you help and why are you the best option?
  • Messaging: What content do you have now?
  • Segmentation: Who are your best fit customers? They should ask about both company contacts and company firmographics:
    • What are the job titles?
    • What industries are they in?
    • How big are these companies?
  • Targeting: How are you reaching your best fit customers?

Positive signal #4: They want to know how you’ve done marketing in the past and how it performs.

Bonus points if they ask clarifying questions or offer other ways of doing said marketing tactic. It’ll be a red flag if they criticize or put down your past marketing efforts.

Positive signal #5: The plan or proposal they send is scalable.

Your goal with any agency should be to create a mutually beneficial relationship, rather than using them as a vendor for a one-off campaign or project.

If you find an agency like this (Gorilla 76 is one), you can pass off repeatable tasks like campaign management, CRM reports and content creation while you (the marketing or business leader) focus on strategy and future opportunities.

A full-service agency like this will be minimum $120,000 per year. Our average plan is closer to $200,000 per year, including media fees.

If you eventually want to create an in-house marketing team, this agency should be able to help point you in the right direction.

I really don’t have $120K, but I want to invest in marketing. HELP!

Have no fear! While you may not be able to invest in a full-stack marketing program, you can get started building a solid marketing foundation.

Since this budget is too small to hire a quality internal marketing leader, you’ll need to hire an agency or a consultant.

They should help you with the following, depending on your needs:

  • Positioning
  • Messaging
  • Content creation
  • Content distribution

Remember, your main goal should be to create a marketing framework that is scalable and measurable. This will give you the positive signals you need to get an increase in your marketing budget.

Not to toot our horn too much, but Gorilla 76 can also help with this.

One final thought on a smaller budget: curb your expectations. For the first 12-24 months, you will create the foundation for measurable, repeatable results from marketing efforts. After this, you should see increases in pipeline and/or revenue.

Now what?

If you’ve read this whole article, you know what you need to do. You’ve got one of two options:

  1. Doctor up my job posting and tailor it to your company. Send it to a job board or recruiter and wait for your applicants. (Don’t forget about that glass of wine you owe me.)
  2. Reach out to Gorilla 76 here. If we can’t help you, we’ll refer you to someone or an agency who can.

PODCAST: How to Craft Messaging that Resonates with the Right Customers w/ Joe Sullivan

Joe Sullivan The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 111

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Over the years, I’ve talked to a lot of manufacturers as a marketing advisor. When I ask them what their ideal customer looks like, I usually get a response saying that they deal with many types of customers in many different industries.

While there’s nothing wrong with targeting different customers, channeling your marketing energy into lanes where you have the best chances of winning will assure you don’t spread yourself too thin.

Join us as we discuss:

  • Making intentional decisions about which audience segments to focus on
  • Identifying the buying process influencers and what matters most to them
  • Frameworks for crafting a customer-centric brand narrative
  • Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: Back to the Future: The Manufacturing Edition w/ Marty Groover

Marty Groover on The Manufacturing Executive podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 104

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Marty Groover, Partner and CTO at C5MI, spent over two decades as a Surface Warfare Officer in the US Navy. He didn’t know it at the time, but this time in the Navy helped him see into the future – of manufacturing. 

Marty offers insight into the unmatched benefits of using live data to enhance your processes, product and bottom line, and how pairing people processes with technology will position you to lead the fourth industrial revolution. 

Join us as we discuss:

  • What the manufacturing sector can learn from the retail industry
  • How to build operating systems that are flexible and future-proof
  • Why leading with technology has its limitations

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: Empowering Workers and Improving Workflow Through Video Data w/ Dr. Prasad Akella

Dr. Prasad Akella on The Manufacturing Executive podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 103

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

People often worry that technology and automation will replace human workers. 

But what if the most powerful path forward is empowering workers with technology for better effectiveness and efficiency, instead of replacing them?

In this episode, Dr. Prasad Akella, the Founder and CEO of Drishti, shares his view on the future of manufacturing. A future where video data not only improves the quality of a product, but also empowers workers on the plant floor and strengthens employee retention.

Join us as we discuss:

  •  How technology empowers humans to be more effective
  •  What using data can do for your productivity
  •  Why using technology leads to better employee retention

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: Connecting Physical and Digital Worlds Through Trade Shows w/ Jake Hall

Jake Hall on The Manufacturing Executive podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 102

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Are trade shows worth it? That seems to be a divisive question these days. But here’s the truth: Like with many forms of marketing or sales activities, it comes down to execution.

Today’s guest, Jake Hall, Keynote Speaker and Content Creator of The Manufacturing Millennial, details how to connect the physical world of a trade show with the digital world that exists before, during and after that event. 

Join us as we discuss:

  • How to create value and content from trade shows
  • How building relationships with other companies strengthens your marketing
  • The importance of developing personal brands

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: Revitalize Manufacturing Through Employee Wellness w/ Jason Azevedo

Jason Azevedo on The Manufacturing Executive podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 101

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Our workforce has changed drastically over the decades. The highly desirable and stable manufacturing industry of the past has struggled to retain workers in our modern times. But there is a way to revitalize the manufacturing industry in the US to keep up with the manufacturing powerhouses around the world. 

Today’s guest, Jason Azevedo, Chief Strategy Officer at MRCA, shares his views on the importance of investing in your workforce, how automation keeps workers employed, and what manufacturing companies can do to build stronger communities. 

Join us as we discuss:

  • What revitalizing manufacturing looks like today
  • Why employee health and wellness is most important
  • How automation and robotics benefit the worker
  • How to empower smaller communities through manufacturing
  • How to make your company desirable to buyers 

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

5 reasons marketing results require time and patience

Here’s a hard truth for most B2B manufacturers to accept:

Marketing programs (especially new ones) require both time and patience to produce results.

If you need a tactical way to generate revenue over the next three or six months, a new marketing program likely isn’t the answer. Although in many cases you’ll find some low-hanging fruit, largely speaking, results will materialize over a longer timeline.

Shortly, we’ll look at five reasons why this is the case.

But first, let’s establish what marketing “results” should mean to you in the first place.

marketing roi curve

Our definition of “results”

Most companies mistake metrics like impressions, website traffic and leads as marketing results. But these are only key performance indicators (KPIs). They’re signals that you’re on (or not on) the right path toward a meaningful business outcome.

And that business outcome (or result) you should be seeking is:

Marketing-sourced pipeline

Said differently, we’re talking about quoted opportunities with the right companies that have been facilitated through your marketing initiative.

Five reasons results require time and patience

With this definition established, let’s look at five reasons these results take time to materialize:

1. Marketing programs require foundational work

Very rarely have we engaged with a new client who had all the key foundational pieces in place to succeed right out of the gate. Those key pieces include:

  1. Focused, on-point messaging that will resonate with the engineers, technical professionals or other most important buying process influencers inside of the exact types of companies from the right industries in the right geographies of the right sizes that they want to reach
  2. A website that’s optimized to convert those exact people into opportunities because it’s equipped with that on-point messaging and supplemented by thought leadership content, product information and social proof that they’ve helped others like those target prospects realize success
  3. A technology stack including a CRM and marketing automation system that talk to each other and integrate with their websites to help them segment their leads based on engagement and signals of buying intent (and to allow for reporting across the entire marketing and sales funnel so they can make the right continuous improvement decisions)
  4. A plan for what content they need to create and distribute to those right people from those right companies to earn enough attention and build enough trust to open up sales conversations

All of these are key foundational elements for driving success through marketing. And while they don’t need to be perfected during months one to three, you’ll struggle to realize any significant impact if they’re neglected.

2. Most of your audience is not buying right now

The vast majority of your total addressable market is not actively in buying mode for the thing you sell at this moment in time. In fact, probably only 1-5% are actively seeking a solution today (or even this week).

most of your audience

Bit by bit, much of that remaining 95-99% will enter a buy cycle. Some next week. Some next month. Some next year. Some in three years. But that will happen on their terms – not yours. So the bottom line is this:

To assume that your messaging will persuade them to inquire about a product or service they don’t need right now is unrealistic.

This is why proactively working to generate awareness and establish your business as the expert in your space is so important in the meantime. If you can do this effectively now, then your prospects will already know you and trust you enough to come to you first when they’re ready for a sales conversation.

3. Earning someone’s attention and trust is not easy

Think about this from the standpoint of your personal or professional life. When you have an important decision to make, you don’t want to get it wrong. The bigger that decision, the more true that statement becomes. So if one of marketing’s primary functions is to build attention and trust, realize that this doesn’t happen with a snap of a finger.

If there were an easy button, everyone would push it.

Once your foundation is established, you’ll be ready to start proactively running campaigns to reach a tightly-targeted audience. But in very few cases will one, two or even three touchpoints with your brand be enough to produce a sales opportunity (or maybe even a lead). Persistence is key.

4. Marketing results will not outpace your average sales cycle length

If your average sales cycle from first touch with a prospect to purchase order is six months, then it should go without saying that marketing will not produce revenue in less than six months.

5. Marketing is not an alternative way to do sales prospecting

Many companies look at marketing as just another way to call on prospects and shove “we’re the best, buy from us now” messaging in their faces, hoping that with enough volume, some will bite.

But marketing and sales are very different things.

Marketing is what happens well before a sales conversation ever takes place – to create awareness and build trust at scale in front of a tightly defined group of buying process influencers from companies that fit your ideal customer profile.

When executed effectively, marketing not only creates more sales opportunities, but better ones, where prospects come educated and informed, already seeing your business as the expert advisor in their space. And for many of the reasons we’ve already discussed, this is a process, not an activity to knock out this afternoon.

So when can you expect to see results?

Remember that the definition of “results” that we established is marketing-sourced pipeline.

Although multiple variables will of course be at play here, I won’t leave you unsatisfied with an “it depends” answer. So generally speaking, here you go:

Six to twelve months

marketing results timeline

Here’s a typical timeline for rolling out a new marketing program, followed by some additional context:

  • Months 1-3: Foundational work: Customer interviews, website optimization, technology stack configuration and deployment (CRM and marketing automation), positioning, content strategy
  • Months 4-6: Content creation, campaign launch (capture existing demand and begin creating demand among the rest of your audience)
  • Months 7 and beyond: Campaign continuation, reporting, refinement and optimization

During months 1-3…

You should expect zero results.

Here you’re doing the necessary foundational work here to set yourself up for success. Skip over this and you’ll never realize any significant impact from everything that follows.

During months 4-6…

You’ll watch key marketing KPIs start moving in the right direction.

KPIs are very important. But they should never be confused with business outcomes. Instead, KPIs serve as barometers to tell you if you’re moving in the right direction or not:

  • Is visibility growing in front of the right people from the right companies?
  • Is engagement with your content from those people on the rise?
  • Are qualified inquiries on your website beginning to slowly trickle in (especially on the back end of this period)?

Following month six…

You should begin seeing business outcomes take shape.

Although many variables will affect the velocity and level of results you achieve (sales cycle length, complexity of your product/service, size of your market, saturation of your competition, etc), you should begin to see marketing sourced-pipeline (quoted right-fit opportunities) build from this point on.

So there it is

For most traditionally sales-driven B2B manufacturers, a modern marketing program is a very new thing. And if you don’t enter with realistic expectations, you’ll be setting yourself up for disappointment over the first year.

Ultimately, you’ll need to decide for yourself whether the required level of patience will be acceptable to the key stakeholders inside of your organization. If it’s not, then we recommend redirecting your efforts back into a short-term sales program and worry less about the big picture for now.

What is in a voice: Consistent, distinct brand design

This is the final installment in a four-part series on brand voice in the written word, audio, video and design.

In our first series edition, we focused on developing and implementing brand voice in the literary, written sense. Our second edition considered how to promote the actual voices of your team members to further strengthen brand messaging. Then we analyzed how to instill that voice in your video style.

Now, let’s instill your brand voice in web design and other promotional materials.

Before we look at the big picture, let’s start with basic elements like color and fonts. Then we’ll move into elements like special icons, graphic design and artistic layouts.

Above all, consistency is your priority. It can be difficult to achieve on a company-wide level. But once you get it right, the benefits build upon themselves.

“The more people see it, the more effective it will be,” said Randall Zaitz, G76 thinker & digital creative director. “It’ll make this immediate connection in their head without them even really thinking about it.”

Design style starting points

You must create, share and enforce brand design guidelines to achieve consistency.

Brand guidelines should include company colors, fonts, graphics and other defining characteristics.

These rules are especially critical to outsourcing design work to a third party. Customers should see your page and know it’s yours right away, no matter who built it.

First, dictate your brand’s colors and fonts.

They may seem like simple decisions. But when done right, color and font selection pay dividends for years to come.

Company color palette

A consistent hue is an evergreen PR campaign.

John Deere Green, Caterpillar Yellow, UPS Brown.

Customers around the world know them when they see them. They bring to mind how these companies impact their lives. These colors represent services, values and histories.

 

Randall recommends limiting your brand colors to three. Too many colors will add visual noise and make it more difficult to maintain consistency.

Choose a primary brand color to feature in your logo and layouts. Then pick two or three complementary colors to fill out your design. Randall favors a simple yet versatile palette.

Set guidelines for how much of each color should appear on the page. For example, set your primary color to make up 70% of the color on every page. Or reserve the primary color for highlights that pop.

Color psychology

People associate colors with emotions and attitudes. But these associations aren’t consistent across cultures and industries.

Consider what a color means to your target audience.

“Broad generalizations about which emotions that colors invoke aren’t universal,” Randall said. “Blue isn’t always sad, and red isn’t always angry.”

Many Americans think of red as the color of rage and war, while some Japanese traditions understand it to mean joy and celebration.

Then there are brands that redefined what their colors represent in popular culture.


John Deere’s farming brand works well with green, the color of many plants. But they’ve done a lot with this exact hue since the company’s inception. Today, that shade of green means one thing to people on every continent.

Boo to business blue

Avoid shades of blue that are all too common across B2B companies.

Industry wisdom indicates that blue is the safest, most reliable color you can pick. Perhaps that’s why you shouldn’t.

“Blue is unoffensive,” Randall said. “People associate it with corporations because so many of them have blue as their color. It doesn’t stand out. You probably shouldn’t make blue your brand color, because literally everyone else is.”

Make a statement in your space with a unique color like purple. It’s pleasant and versatile, evoking authority as well as tranquility.

Brand fonts

Legibility is a font’s most important quality. Don’t get carried away with the ornate.

You need no more than two fonts across all your company messaging materials.

Select one for your headlines and another for body copy.

“You’re going to want to pick a font that is reflective of the tone and voice that you’ve developed,” Randall said. “If your voice is tough but fun, you would want to pair two fonts that match those characteristics. Or find a font that marries those two things together.”

If you’re willing to invest in distinction, hire a digital foundry to develop a font that’s completely your own.

Otherwise, you can find free or reasonably priced fonts that fit your brand. Google Fonts is a good resource for free options, and Adobe Fonts has premade selections that won’t break the bank.

Common fonts have their benefits. A well-known font like Helvetica — the font used on street signs —offers a sense of familiarity. That can come in handy for a new player on the market.

But you’ll need to distinguish yourself by using it in a way that is completely yours. If you don’t, your brand won’t stand out from the rest of the market.

Geometric vs. humanist fonts

Start by deciding between geometric and humanist fonts.

Geometric fonts contain perfect circles and squares, reflecting precision and professionalism. Their ranks include Gotham and Avenir.

“Geometric fonts generally look a little tougher,” Randall said. “They have sharp corners and tight, even proportions. They always look really balanced, but they kind of lack some of that familiar handwritten flair. It makes them harder to read in body copy.”

Gorilla 76 uses a common geometric font that fits our crisp style. It’s called Source Sans Pro. You see it on a lot of websites. But our bold colors, shapes and illustrations maintain a distinct appearance.

Humanist fonts carry the weight of history. These old-style fonts are inspired by calligraphy and pen strokes. Among them are Tahoma, Verdana and Calibri.

Humanist fonts often come with their own personality and character. They’re familiar, traditional appearance also makes them easily legible.

If you go this route, Randall recommends choosing a big, bold font for headlines, then using a lighter humanist font to make the body copy stand out.

Graphic design and layouts

Now that you’ve chosen colors and fonts, it’s time to put a high-conversion page together.

As always, ease of use is your priority. Don’t let your style hinder readability and navigability.

“Simple is better,” Randall said. “Don’t make your visitor think too much. The content is the hero of the page, not the design.”

Randall recommends segmenting your layout into bite-size chunks. This allows visitors to quickly scan a page and determine if they’re in the right place. Layouts with a lot of dense text often cause readers to tune out before they pick up on your voice in the content.

Every style choice should have a purpose, especially your images. They should reinforce the written content and brand voice.

Never fill space with cheesy stock imagery that loosely relates to your company. Show your real team members at work, helping customers, doing what they love.

“Images for the sake of having images just eats up precious bandwidth (your site speed) and space (it blocks the actual content),” Randall said. “Always have a why behind each design decision. Why did you use that color in that specific way? Why is that graphic element there? Why that specific photograph?”

Gorilla 76 has worked with several B2B companies to refresh their webpage design.

Let’s look at two of Randall’s favorites.

The Korte Company

The Korte Company maintains a consistent style throughout its web and print materials.

Company Homepage

In previous installments, we personified this brand style as “The Korte Man”.

He represents the construction company’s valued qualities — grit, skill and intellect.

Customers see the best parts of themselves in The Korte Man. If they can’t be him, they want to work with him.

“The Korte Man is a tough guy who knows how to do technical things,” Randall said. “He’s like Neil Armstrong. He’s the star quarterback who can program a computer.”

Randall used minimalistic yet refined web design elements to reflect this brand character.

He took business blue and made it into a dark, desaturated midnight hue. This contrasts well with a bright construction site yellow for the highlights.

“The yellow can represent a site map, caution tape or even the reflective stripes on safety vests,” Randall said. “When you’re making design decisions, even if it’s really subtle, there should be meaning behind it. People pick up on that.”

Yellow represents the company’s humble roots as a small construction contractor. The deep blue represents its growth into a major Design-Build company with a depth of expertise.

Randall used the bright yellow to outline The Korte Company’s heavy headlines and break up the dark space. This contrast enhances the sense of depth, making it feel like the highlights hover over the page.

CK Power

G76 won an award for CK Power’s web design by making a little color have a big impact.

CK Power homepage

When we came aboard, the company color palette was generic red, white and black. This scheme is the second most common after business blue hues. But it’s still effective if used with discretion.

CK Power was using heavy-handed colors and very little white space. The bold scheme matched the generator manufacturer’s tough and ready company culture. But these are electrical engineers, not cowboys. They needed something to bring in that hard science element.

Randall repurposed the red and black to represent positive and negative battery terminals. That’s something generator customers could relate to.

“Those are the colors that you’re going to see a lot in electrical diagrams,” Randall said.

Randall removed, reshaped and repositioned the color, adding white space until he shaped the site into something familiar and visually appealing.

“That made the red pop,” he said. “It takes on more meaning when you use it sparingly. Color is kind of like the seasoning in cooking. It’s very easy to overseason a dish.”

Ready to give your brand a voice?

This is the end of our four-part series on implementing brand voice throughout your marketing materials and company messaging. We hope it’s helped spark new ideas to enhance your outreach strategies.

Could you still use some vocal training?

Reach out to Gorilla 76 for guidance. We’ll work together to establish a consistent brand voice and build a connection with customers.

It’ll pay off for years to come.

PODCAST: 100 Weeks of Podcasting: The Business Impact w/ Joe Sullivan

100 weeks of podcasting

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 100

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

On this milestone 100th episode, the hosting tables are turned. Joe Sullivan is interviewed by Logan Lyles of Sweet Fish Media about his learnings from 100 consecutive weeks of podcasting and six ways it’s impacted his business. 

Joe Sullivan, Founder of Gorilla 76, opens up about why he originally wanted to start a podcast and how he made the transition from creating mostly written content to fueling an entire content program. Joe reflects on the six most impactful outcomes, and shares his advice for overcoming imposter syndrome, getting started, and building meaningful business relationships.  

Join us as we discuss:

  • How to create and repurpose content with consistency
  • The meaningful path toward thought leadership
  • How to thoughtfully humanize your brand
  • How to measure the impact of your podcast

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: Changing Lives While Growing Profits by Hiring Disabled Workers w/ Tony Lopez

Hiring disabled workers in manufacturing

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 96

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Over 20% of the US population qualifies as having some type of disability, yet disabled people are one of the largest disenfranchised populations in the country.

Today’s guest, Tony Lopez, Vice President, Manufacturing & Logistics Services, Pride Industries, provides insight about delivering business excellence with a positive social impact.

Join us as we discuss:

  • The hiring and employment hurdles that face the disabled population
  • How education bridges the gap between employers and the disabled workforce
  • What the benefits are to hiring disabled workers

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

What is in a voice: Create a consistent company voice in videos

This is the third in a four-part series on brand voice in the written word, audio, video and design.

In our first series edition, we focused on voice in the literary, written sense. And in the second edition, we considered how to promote the actual voices of your team members to further strengthen brand messaging.

Now that you’ve found your company voice and learned to include those of your team members in the chorus, it’s time to put a face on it.

The power of video

Video is some of the most effective content you can make.

From social media platforms to human consumption habits, there are a lot of incentives for video content. Video content often garners more attention on social media and increases your search engine rankings.

It allows you to introduce visual and musical elements to your brand character. No other medium provides textual, visual and audible elements in one package.

It also pairs well with written or graphic content on the same webpage provided it maintains a consistent tone and message.

Brand films: Company voice in video

There are elements of brand voice in every aspect of video.
Videographers use a company’s voice (they probably call it “style”) to influence many technical and stylistic decisions.

Brand films are specifically made to influence how the audience perceives and personifies your company. These often live on company homepages and serve as ready-made assets for other promotions.

But you can’t go into a brand film project lightly. The details matter, from interview questions to backing music.

Start with a goal and outline

It all starts with establishing a clear goal.

Who is the audience you’re trying to reach? What do you want them to take away from the video?

“Focus your outline on the goal of the video,” Gorilla 76 Videographer Nick Tacony said. “Is this to educate people, or is this to appeal to them emotionally and give them a certain feeling about working with this company? Once you understand the goals, you’ll know whether you should film the flowers or the concrete.”

“Once you understand the goals, you’ll know whether you should film the flowers or the concrete.”

When your goal is to inform, you prioritize relaying information as clearly and simply as possible, much as you would with a blog post. Brand films have the added difficulty of providing the desired perception of your company, so don’t forget to include emotional cues.

Based on your goal, decide if the information is best provided to the audience via voiceover or through a member of your team.

Kurt Russell Call Me Snake GIF - Find & Share on GIPHY

Successful brand films often include the voices and faces of real people your audience might meet and work with, but a little voiceover work can help add a professional touch.

Nick said it’s important for your outline to include any information you want to communicate to the viewer, technical or emotional.

“If it’s important to the idea that you’re communicating, put it in there,” Nick said. “Just remember the goal of that outline is to be a lean, easy-to-read document that gives the reader a full idea of what will be in the brand film and how it will flow.”

Nick provided this example:
Here we will emphasize how much we care about our customers. We’ll lean into the emotions that result from kindness and empathy and build a strong sense of trust for the viewer.

  1. High-level view of “Steps of Service” and their importance
  2. Hear from a service team member about how they view their responsibilities to customers
    1. Highlight – More than a job, it’s a calling
    2. Customer-first focus
    3. Pride in our role
  3. Example of service – Work example from 2007

Now you’re ready to compile a list of interview questions or draft a script for your voice talent.

Just leave room to adjust as the right path presents itself.

“It’s kind of cliche, but there’s an old film saying that applies: ‘A film is written three times, first with the script, then when you shoot it, and third when you edit it.’” Nick said.

Shoot day: Lights, camera, action

Best practices for SME interviews

Let’s get someone in front of that camera.

The SME could be a member of your team, a customer or third-party expert. Whoever it is, they need to be comfortable and authentic.

Don’t have them recite a strict script on camera. Give them a topic they know well and let them talk about it.

Nick doesn’t even let the subject see the interview questions before filming. He’s made that mistake before.

“We had some missteps leading up to that interview,” he said. “We gave the subject our questions, not knowing that he would completely over-prepare it and write his answers out.”

During the interview, the SME spent more time trying to remember the answers rather than simply talking about a subject he knew very well.

For brand films, you’re trying to capture that perfect combination of what is being said, as well as how they said it and that look in their eye that tells the audience they meant every word. You’re less likely to get that from somebody struggling to remember their lines.

But even being yourself can be difficult when the camera is pointed at you. Don’t be afraid to take a break, talk about something else for a while and then reword the question. If necessary, give the SME multiple attempts to get comfortable and offer a better answer. Remember, what you shot is what you’ve got, so be thorough during the interview process to ensure you get everything you’ll need before calling it a wrap.

Setting

Setting is a big part of first impressions. Before the audience hears the SME speak, they will notice where they’re sitting.

Find a comfortable place for your SME that represents their value to the company.

“The big thing is to try to put them in environments that are real and interesting to what they do,” Nick said.

If you’re interviewing a construction site supervisor, you’re going to have different challenges than interviewing someone who works at an office computer.

While you can control an office setting, it can be indistinct and dull. An active warehouse has plenty to look at, but good luck with lighting and audio.

Noisy environments are hard to work around, so favor a quiet environment over all else. If the interview setting is dull, you can add more action with b-roll footage of the more exciting work environment.

Lighting

There’s nothing wrong with the standard three- or five-light setup, but a little mood lighting reinforces your brand, the theme of your content and/or personality of the SME.

Create a calming atmosphere with nice even lighting. For a more dramatic vibe, try high contrast and shadows.

Black And White Dark GIF - Find & Share on GIPHY

If you want to portray your company as a comfortable and friendly place to do business, use a nice warm light. But go with cooler tones when you want to reflect precision and professionalism.

B-roll footage and audio

The best b-roll builds upon the narrative of the video. It’s all about finding action that reflects the SME, subject matter and flavor of your brand.
If you’re talking about how well your team works together, we need to see what that looks like.

Nick recommends always shooting b-roll in sequence — wide, medium, close.
Start with a wide shot that sets the scene and gives the viewer a sense of place and context.

Show Down Clint Eastwood GIF - Find & Share on GIPHY

Then move in a bit closer and give them a good look at the subject.

Show Down Clint Eastwood GIF - Find & Share on GIPHY

Finally, get in close for a detail shot of meaningful action the audience might not have noticed.

Stare Down Clint Eastwood GIF by RJFilmSchool - Find & Share on GIPHY

“Let’s say we want to film a person operating a drill-press,” Nick said. “I would get a wide shot of the operator and the press in the shop, ideally with them laying a piece of metal on the press. We’d see them, the machine and the shop around them. Then I’d get a medium shot of them positioning the metal on the press. I’d follow that up with a close-up of the operator’s face, to show their focus, and finally an extreme close-up of the bit carving out the metal.”

Voiceovers

If you want a polished voice to speak over your visual elements, then go with a professional voiceover service.

Nick said a professional voiceover offers the most control. You decide what and how they say everything.

Matt Berry Yeeeeeeeeeees GIF - Find & Share on GIPHY

But you’ll have to be selective to remain authentic. Find a voice that fits with your company’s brand character.

“It’s a blend of tones in a voice — like warm/clinical confidence/casual, bubbly or serious — and the way the artist reads the line,” Nick said. “Your own personal tone and vocal quality will likely change between how you speak to your boss vs your spouse. A good voice actor will be able to find the distinction and deliver what you’re asking. Your job with VO talent is to communicate what you’re looking for.

Best practices for video editing

It’s important to be kind to everyone in your video in your edits without falsely portraying them. This is much like how you should portray your company throughout the video — honestly and authentically.

“A senior editor I used to work with gave me some really great advice on editing interviews,” Nick said. “He told me ‘Our job is to help them say what they’re trying to say.” Meaning you can cut up a sound bite, remove the “ums” and even whole sentences, you can change the order and take a word from later on in the interview, all that’s fine as long as you’re helping them with their actual message in the context of the video. And when you spend hours with the same interview footage, you’ll definitely understand what they’re trying to say.”

Selecting backing music

Music is often the most efficient and effective way to introduce emotion.
It only takes a few moments to set a viewer’s expectations. If someone hears hard and fast music, they’ll expect footage that is equally exciting.

Excited School Of Rock GIF - Find & Share on GIPHY

That’s why not every manufacturer needs a hard rock anthem as their backing music. If you have a highly refined production process, perhaps a more sophisticated sound will serve you better.

Think about how your best customers feel about your company. What style of music fits with these feelings?

Here are some things to consider:

  • What do customers value about the way you do business?
  • Are there any genres associated with your industry and/or region
  • Which genres would your customers relate to?

If a genre checks all these boxes, that’s probably the one to go with.
Nick went through this process to create a brand video for an industrial oven manufacturer located in Chattanooga, TN.

“We have an opportunity to emotionally impact somebody,” Nick said. “In that piece, we wanted them to feel excited like we’re getting to work. I looked for a long time and found a driving song. Then paired the song with visuals of handheld camera stuff. It’s like you’re on a shop floor on the ground, looking up at a guy who’s half a story up tack welding on top of this giant oven.”

Show your stuff

When all is said and edited, you’ll have a brand film you can be proud of and your audience will relate to.

Match the style with that of your brand voice, and your video will work well alongside written content and your team’s public interactions.

Check out our Gorilla 76 brand film if you’d like to see a solid final product at work.

And turn to the Gorilla 76 learning center for more information about making a positive impression on your audience.

But there’s something else that helps form this impression — webpage design and layout.

In our final installment of this series, we’ll cover strategies for reflecting brand voice within the structure and design of your web pages to complement the words and videos on them.

PODCAST: The Intersection of Engineering and Content Marketing w/ Chris Grainger

Chris Grainger The Manufacturing Executive Podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 93

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

What if your engineering bonuses were tied to blog post writing? 

Today’s guest, Chris Grainger, Podcast Host and Engineering and Services Manager, Electrical Equipment Company (EECO) believes that content marketing is so important he gives bonuses based on how many blog posts and how- to videos each employee produces. Chris is passionate about content marketing because he knows that it works. 

Join us as we discuss:

  • How to get your employees involved in content marketing 
  • The benefits of podcasting as a medium in the manufacturing sector
  • The long game of content marketing and the snowball effect

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: Why Influence Matters In Manufacturing w/ Eddie Saunders

Eddie Saunders The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 92

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

When most people hear “influencer,” it might conjure up images of YouTube icons and Reality TV stars…

Influencers don’t matter in manufacturing, right?

Well, today’s guest, Eddie Saunders, General of Demand Generation at Flex Machine Tools, thinks that statement couldn’t be any more wrong. He joins the show to share the secrets to shoring up your influencer strategies 

Join us as we discuss:

  • Why influencers still matter in manufacturing
  • How to pick an influencer to work with
  • Why there is power in empathy and vulnerability

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

What is in a voice: Share your teams’ real voices

This is the second in a four-part series on brand voice in the written word, audio, video and design.

In our first series edition, we focused on voice in the literary, written sense. Now we get literal, exploring the physical voice.

Building a consistent brand voice in your written content is just one part of positioning. Broaden and humanize your brand identity by promoting the physical voices of the people who make up a company.

Your team members’ speaking voices, with all the individual quirks, help foster a special connection with the listener and make messaging more impactful.

Leaders use their voices to personify company missions and values. The rest of the team members use their voices to exhibit company culture.

Be consistent, be yourself

Unlike the written word, there’s no literary veil to hide behind when you’re talking directly to the audience. They are listening to you, a real person, with all your attributes and flaws. And that’s OK.

Company leaders set the company’s mission, goals and ethical standards. That puts them in a good position to establish brand voice, especially for smaller companies. Think of Ralph Korte from our first edition of the series. His personality still permeates the company’s content. While he’s no longer leading the company, his voice remains a consistent thread for the audience to grasp.

“[Brand voice] is the filter, the point of view, the tone with which companies communicate their ideas,” said Grace Wright, a G76 strategist. “And I think voice is really important, because the same idea communicated differently might not resonate with a particular audience.”

 

Example: Gorilla Joe

Gorilla 76’s co-founder Joe Sullivan has represented the agency as a thought leader in many forms, most prominently as the host of “The Manufacturing Executive” podcast. 

He’s interviewed manufacturing CEOs and marketing experts as well as spoken as a marketing expert in his own right. He served as a moderator and subject matter expert on Clubhouse and created dozens of audio and video pieces for the agency’s YouTube channel.

Joe and fellow co-founder Jon Franko knew a marketing agency for small- and mid-size manufacturers needed a relatable, conversational voice in its content.

 

Whether on a podcast or sales meeting, Joe speaks as if he were having a conversation with a friend over lunch.

Being conversational is key to humanizing the brand. “People want to work with real people that they like and they feel comfortable with, so just bringing that into a natural conversation, I think, has a huge benefit,” Joe said.

Tips for the boss

Joe has a couple of tips for company owners when they’re thinking about how to better present themselves to the public, whether it’s in a podcast or in-person conversation.

 

Speak naturally, but toward your target audience. A private equity firm will sound different than someone selling spiked lemonade, but balance is key. We’re all human, and even the most serious CEOs would rather work with someone they like.

“Think about what it would be like if you were sitting in a room with a customer,” Joe said. “What would that conversation be like?”

Maintaining a consistent tone in content like the podcast and G76 newsletters builds a stronger overall connection with regular audience members and gives them a better sense of what it will be like to work with the team. With those impressions in place, you’ll be top of mind when people are ready to buy.

In the past couple of years, potential clients have approached Joe feeling like they already knew him, because they’ve heard him work through relevant issues with his podcasts guests and understand how his personality and ideas will impact their business relationship.

“It’s like the beginning of the sales process was over before I’ve even met them,” Joe said. “They’ve told me, ‘I’ve been reading your newsletter for two years, and we know that you’re the company that we need to work with, and the time’s right now, so let’s talk.’ And they’re not even vetting anybody else, so that’s huge.”

Spread across mediums and platforms

Joe cross-pollinates content from the podcast on LinkedIn and other platforms, where he can expand upon his initial ideas and build stronger connections with a wider audience. 

“There’s a difference between reading words on a page and hearing someone’s voice, and even better, seeing their face and hearing their voice, which is why I always record video for all of my podcasts episodes.”

 

Joe gets content ideas from real-life conversations with clients. A beneficial discussion can be the inspiration for a blog or podcast. He also analyzes the blog posts that resonate on social media to generate content on other platforms.

Great voices share audiences

Bringing other expert voices onto the podcast offers Joe credibility with new people. 

Two subject-matter experts with shared interests can easily share their audiences as well. For example, The Manufacturing Executive got a huge boost from the content marketing extraordinaire, Mike Weinberg.

“He’s sharing these little clips from the podcast and just getting 10x the exposure than I would,” Joe said. “He’s tagging other best-selling authors on there, and they’re sharing it, so it’s a crazy snowball effect of visibility and credibility when you position yourself beside someone who truly is a thought leader.”

Along with sharing their perspective, ownership should highlight the thoughts and talents of their team members. They are very much a part of how the client benefits from the company’s services.

Trust your team

Set your company apart with something already in house: the thought leadership of expert team members. You hired them for a reason. Let your audience know.

“At a company like ours, we’ve got a variety of different marketing-related skill sets, deep areas of expertise, and frankly, any given person is better at their particular craft than I would be,” Joe said.

 

But how can companies know team members will effectively represent the company without a pre-approved script?

 Hire people that fit the company’s values, mission and practices.

Don’t seek uniformity, because that will limit your company’s creative abilities. Find people who fit your values and mission, while providing the array of perspectives and ideas that your company needs to succeed. When their voices naturally align with that of the brand, a company can build a harmonic chorus rather than sing solo.

“When you bring all of those people together, they truly speak to who a company is,” said Sultana Mangel, our client success director and fellow guest on “The Manufacturing Executive.”

Tips for the team

Business owners shape their company’s voice. Employees use their own voices to build harmony.

So how do team members create consonance without losing their individuality?

Embody your values and strengths

Maintain the client’s/audience’s confidence in company values and capabilities, but not at the expense of your personality. Nobody interfaces with the hive mind, they interact with individuals.

Toby WallToby Wall is Gorilla 76’s content director and a prior guest on “The Manufacturing Executive”. He said there are four pillars of marketing success: demonstrated expertise, thought leadership, proof of work and establishing a personal connection with the audience.

“If you can do all of those things together, you are going to win,” Toby said.

 

Many manufacturing companies leave personality out of the equation, to their detriment. Industrial manufacturers often take a by-the-numbers approach. But target audiences like engineers are more than bipedal calculators, and you should be, too.

“We may think there is no room for emotion, there’s no room for empathy, there’s no room for building rapport in the way that only [being] yourself can do, and so, in my mind, we should not take that part away,” Toby said. “Clients benefit from that and appreciate knowing not only are these people competent … but gosh darn it, they’re nice people. Some people may think it should take a back seat, but that nice people part is critical, and the best way to have that come across is when we are ourselves.”

That doesn’t let employees completely off the hook. They’ve still got to be mindful about how their words and actions impact perceptions of the company.

Everyone’s a role player

Employees should focus on filtering, not copying, the company voice that already resonates with the audience. 

“There has to be a match there, especially for a professional services company, or it just doesn’t work,” Grace said. 

As a client success director, Sultana wants to highlight her positive attributes as company assets. For instance, she wants her empathy and patience to shine through.

“One really important part of my personality that I hope comes across when I’m speaking with clients or even team members is my ability to put people at ease [even when things don’t go according to plan],” she said.

While individuality is an asset, it shouldn’t hinder consistent messaging. 

 

Simple best practices

While we just spent a lot of time talking about the unique benefits of the individual voice, there are some simple best practices that will make anyone’s voice more effective.

Pace

Pacing does much of the same work as the rhythm of writing from our first installment. It can be even more important in this case, because you only have one chance to be understood.

Inexperienced people tend to talk too fast, but be careful not to overcompensate and speak unnaturally slowly. It helps to think about maintaining a regular breathing rhythm, just make sure you’re not breathing into the microphone too hard if that’s a part of the equation.

Volume

The audience will lose trust in what you’re saying if they can’t trust your volume. 

Your volume should indicate how important or exciting what you’re saying is. When you’re loud, what you are talking about should be exciting on its own merits. When you whisper, it indicates something secretive and suspenseful, so don’t disappoint.

Inflection

The way you say something means just as much as what you say. 

Professional voice actors are masters of fabricated inflection, but leave that to the professionals. For our purposes, be honest while measured.

Unnatural or repetitive inflection can undermine everything you want your voice to accomplish. On the flip side, a mundane, emotionless voice never draws attention and deprives the audience of the emotional context that can make the spoken word more powerful than the written. 

At the end of the day, just remember that your first priority is to have a healthy conversation, so speak naturally and you’ll cover most of the bases.

Voice is everything, literally

Creating and implementing brand voice in your content is only a part of the positioning process. It continues every time a representative speaks to your audience on behalf of the company, whether while working with a client or hosting a live webinar. 

Enhance your brand connection by allowing your audience to hear from the leaders and team members who do the work that makes a company valuable. Get the word-of-mouth process started straight from the source. Put yourself in front of the audience with a podcast, social media videos and/or other ways to allow your audience to hear what you have to say. 

And if you need some help, Gorilla 76 can help get you started with consultation services and more to fight the right messaging platform for your operation and audience.

Your audience builds their perception of your brand character based on your website design and video production. Stay on the lookout for our third and fourth installments of the voice series, which will highlight video tips from Nick Tacony and design from Randall Zaitz, respectively.

 

PODCAST: Why Sticky Notes and Spreadsheets are not a CRM

Ron Pretzie Andy Keehn Dave Sheer The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 91

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

How do you convince both reps and execs in manufacturing that the CRM is not a deterrent but a path to next-level improvement?

In this episode, I talked about how to overcome challenges to adopting a CRM with these three standout guests:

Join us as we discuss:

  • What a great CRM can really do for a business
  • Why reps are reluctant and how to persuade them
  • Pitching a CRM to the C-Suite
  • Practical tips for getting started

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: Strategic Sourcing During Volatile Times w/ Jim Pratt

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 90

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Underlying supply chain problems, only exacerbated by pandemic disruption, have plagued every industry the past few years.

But our guest today thinks we may be seeing the light at the end of a long tunnel.

And now is the perfect time to shore up weaknesses exposed by the demand spike.

Jim Pratt is the Co-Founder and Managing Partner at Forsyth Advisors, and an expert at solving sourcing problems and creating operational strategies that work.

Join us as we discuss:

  • Lingering supply chain challenges
  • Finding opportunities for savings, automation, and streamlining
  • Networking to find alternate sourcing
  • The new normal

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: The Digital Warehouse: A Look Inside Additive Manufacturing w/ Melanie Lang

melanie lang the manufacturing executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 89

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Additive manufacturing technologies are rapidly disrupting traditional practices. 

The adoption rate is increasing, leading to exciting advancements in performance, GTM, and repair applications. 

Melanie Lang is the Co-Founder and CEO of FormAlloy and the Women in 3D Printing San Diego Ambassador, and she serves on the Executive Committee of America Makes.

Join us as we discuss:

  • The flexible tech behind directed energy deposition
  • The right and wrong time for additive manufacturing 
  • Determining the right toolbox for your needs 
  • How 3D printing is the fourth transportation modality
  • Her advice for manufacturing leaders

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: How Next-Gen Robots Are Revolutionizing Manufacturing w/ Nan Li

nan-li-the-manufacturing-executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 88

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Welcome to a new era of robotics.

Robots of the past were defined by their tasks. They went through pre-planned motions and they weren’t able to adapt to changes in their environment.

Today’s next-gen robots, however, are hyper-intelligent, able to differentiate between people and objects, and adjust to changes in real time.

Nan Li, Managing Director at Obvious Ventures, has spent a lot of his career watching the evolution of robotics, and in this episode, he explains what this new era of robots means for the manufacturing industry.

Join us as we discuss:

  • The differences between the robots of yesterday and the robots of today
  • What autonomous vehicles have to do with advances in robotics
  • How robot systems are becoming more financially accessible

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: The Coming of the All-Electric Society w/ Jack Nehlig

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 87

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

The biggest obstacle to renewables is a lack of knowledge on the subject.

But once everyone knows the money they can save while helping the environment…

We’ll be living in an all electric-society.

Today’s guest, Jack Nehlig, President at Phoenix Contact USA, joins the show to discuss these benefits and what the all-electric society means for manufacturing.

Join us as we discuss:

  • What people need to know about renewables
  • The trends in autonomous vehicles
  • How anyone can take advantage of the latest advancements in robotics

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: The New ROI of Automation w/ Scot Lindemann

Scot Lindemann The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 86

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Too often, we’re having the wrong conversation about automation ROI.

In a time when simply finding labor is the biggest challenge many manufacturers face, the ROI conversation around automation is now about much more than replacing labor costs.

So says today’s guest, Scot Lindemann, CEO at Mission Design & Automation, who joins the show to explain how to make the conversation around automation a more fruitful one for everybody.

Join us as we discuss:

  • The unseen returns of automation 
  • Why automation is a journey of continuous improvement, not a destination
  • Scot’s take on the current state of labor in manufacturing 

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: How Colocating R&D Drives Manufacturing Innovation w/ Martin DeBono

Martin DeBono The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 85

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

It’s no secret why so many companies have sent their manufacturing overseas: It’s to save money.

But are you really saving when the hassle costs you your ability to innovate quickly?

Today’s guest, Martin DeBono, President at GAF Energy, joins the show to share his insights on how colocating R&D domestically can ultimately save you by helping you get innovative products to market faster than your competitors.

Join us as we discuss:

  • The difficulties with overseas manufacturing
  • Why reshoring (and specifically, colocating R&D domestically) can help address both the supply chain challenges and the labor shortage
  • How Martin is putting his advice into practice

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player. 

Case study: driving $9M in pipeline for an industrial oven manufacturer

About the client and why they came to us

Davron Technologies is an engineering-heavy manufacturer of industrial ovens based in Chattanooga, Tennessee. They approached us in 2020 to help them grow faster through new customer acquisition.

Challenges to overcome

Davron’s leadership made it very clear in our early conversations that they needed marketing to be a vehicle for new customer growth.

They knew they had a unique product and compelling value proposition but were missing untapped market share, particularly in some key industry verticals.

They were seeking a marketing partner that would put in the work to understand their audience and then design and implement a strategy to reach and engage those future customers.

Our solution

We started by taking Davron through our Road Map process to learn as much as we could about their product lines, customers and competitive space and to design a revenue-focused marketing plan that would help them meet their new customer acquisition targets.

We then followed with implementation, which included the following:

Content strategy and creation

We’ve led Davron through an aggressive (and now ongoing) content push from day one to populate their brand new Resource Center.

All along the way, our content team has helped Davron lean into the deep expertise of their engineers and technical experts to create a variety of written thought leadership content and case studies (see the “Articles” and “Case studies” tabs in Davron’s Resource Center).

These content creation efforts are ongoing, helping Davron position themselves as the industry leader in custom-engineered industrial ovens and thermal processing solutions.

Lead generation and demand generation

We’ve helped Davron solidify their position in search engines to drive the right traffic organically.

But simultaneously, we’ve used paid media to manage targeted lead generation and demand generation campaigns to reach specific job roles from specific types of companies in specific industry verticals with messaging and content crafted precisely for them.

Results to date

Speaking to the first year of our engagement (2020), Operations Engineer Aaron Speicher said:

“Results-wise, we generally get one to two customers a year if we we’re lucky. With Gorilla after the first 12 months, we were at eight new customers. Our expectations were exceeded by Gorilla.”

We followed in year two (2021), by helping Davron grow top-line revenue by 20%, generating $9M in pipeline sourced directly through marketing activity.

“I know we are in a partnership now. It’s like a branch of our business that’s helping us grow our revenue.” – Aaron Speicher

PODCAST: 8 Ways Manufacturers Can Nail Their Marketing In 2022 w/ Joe Sullivan

Joe Sullivan The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 84

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Manufacturers aren’t typically marketing-driven companies. But they should be. Because their existing customer bases and referrals aren’t enough to cut it anymore.

In this solo episode, I cover the following eight guiding principles for manufacturing marketing in 2022:

  1. The power shift from seller to buyer
  2. Understanding who makes up the buying committee
  3. Creating value to gain attention and trust
  4. Turning the knowledge of your industry experts into marketing assets
  5. Capturing demand where it already exists
  6. Creating demand in the rest of your audience 
  7. Communicating regularly with your sales teams
  8. Measuring results

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player. 

EXAMPLE: Expert video content at work for a real manufacturer

The best content comes from the brains of your company’s experts

Case in point: Devin Adams, sales engineer at Multi-Tek, Inc.

What I love about this video is that Devin is using his deep technical expertise to teach.

In this case, Devin’s helping future customers learn what they need to understand and about cables — from temperature to flexibility to electrical ratings to physical construction — as they investigate their options.

Take note, manufacturers.

If you want to earn the attention and trust of your prospects, talk less about how great you are and focus on being the best resource in your space — just like Devin and Multi-Tek are doing here.

Give your audience a reason to believe you and they’ll ask you for your product pitch.

PODCAST: Go Where Your Audience Is (Which May Be TikTok) w/ Todd Clouser

Todd Clouser The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 83

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Tell me a platform where you can post 15 times and have 40,000 followers.

Today’s guest throws out a TikTok in five minutes before breakfast every morning — and has incontrovertible proof that it absolutely drove 100% of the preorders for a new product.

In this episode, I interview Todd Clouser, Senior Brand Marketing Manager at Refine Labs, about the power of TikTok marketing in the trades.

Join us as we discuss:

  • The potential for TikTok videos to educate students and new tradespeople
  • Stunning stats and anecdotes of Todd’s TikTok success
  • How to cultivate relationships with TikTok influencers
  • Advice for getting started on TikTok

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player. 

PODCAST: It’s Time to Get Serious About Ethics & Compliance w/ Emily Miner

Emily Miner The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 82

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

When it comes to improving your company’s ethics and compliance…

Any changes you make will only be as good as the culture supporting them. 

And today’s guest, Emily Miner, Senior Advisor in LRN’s Ethics & Compliance Advisory Practice, joins the show to share the best ways to cultivate that culture.

We discuss:

  • The evolution of E&C
  • Why ethics and compliance and organizational culture are inextricably linked
  • The importance of understanding the differences in the experience of culture for various individuals across your company

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

Subject matter interviews and the power of scale

These two things are true:

  1. Buyers of complex and costly industrial products or services rely on accurate information from people they trust to make business decisions.
  2. The shortest distance between two points is a straight line.

…and they guide the essence of subject matter interviews.

The engineers, executives and sales pros we talk to every day are the authorities in their fields. Their expertise is critical to any marketing program because their buyers need the facts and context they possess. You don’t invest in million-dollar machines on the advice of an endorsing celebrity who says it will make you seem cool. The bar is higher.

If you’re wondering if it’s worth all the time, effort and investment required to collect and package just a few moments of someone’s brainpower, realize what comes next: deployment to the audience. We want to put wheels and a big motor on that information; with the right distribution strategy, we add a GPS to it too. \

Imagine the value of this one conversation now multiplied thousands of times over. They may have said it only once, but the message is repeated thousands of times over.

That’s scale, and it’s so worth the investment.

What happens when subject matter interviews go off the rails?

It is no freakin’ fun, I can tell you that.

It’s also inevitable. If you’re a content creator who conducts subject matter interviews, it will happen — if it hasn’t already.

And most of the time, this is the form it takes: Those interview questions you took great pains to craft come apart at the seams because what you’re asking, it turns out, is not relevant.

Preparation is the antidote

Back in her writing days, Grace Wright had it happen enough to know that there’s no substitute for good preparation.

As long as it is crystal clear in your mind what an interview must reveal, the questions don’t matter and the conversation can be salvaged. Tell your subject: “Here’s what happened. My interview questions aren’t going to work. But here’s what I need to know. Can we talk it through together?”

Most of the time, they’re happy to help. In fact, these conversations end up being some of the best ones we have owing to how organic they are.

Do a little dissecting

When you realize your interview questions aren’t going to work, it can be a moment of panic.

I tamp down that panic with a show of transparency: “I’m afraid my questions aren’t going to work for this,” I tell my subjects. “But here’s what I was going to ask. Can you tell me where I’ve gone wrong?”

This serves two purposes.

First, it’s live feedback from someone we ordinarily do not get it from.

Second, these in situ dissections have a way of revealing the answers I had hoped to get anyway.

So, if it happens to you, know that not all is lost. Be prepared, know the strategy and level with your subject if something’s off.

How to write subject matter interview questions

If you’re tasked with conducting a subject matter interview, crafting a list of interview questions might seem straightforward.

Until you sit down to write them.

It’s sneakily hard to do because so much is riding on this 30- or 60-minute conversation. That’s why I consider crafting interview questions a sacred act. It’s one my my favorite things to do on the job.

Keys to writing good interview questions

1. Write them like you’d say them. This is a conversation, not a coroner’s inquiry. Tone and pace matter almost as much as the words we use when we ask questions. The difference between a question that sounds genuinely asked and one that sounds read from a list is jarring.

2. Answer your own questions. “First thought best thought?” It worked for Jack Kerouac but doesn’t hold up here. Take a second (and third, and fourth) look at the questions in your list. If you’re asking about basic facts or more rudimentary concepts, see if you can get those answers on your own. I’ve found that doing this allows me to ask higher-order questions. It ensures you’re using your subject’s time to its highest purpose, and it’ll show up in the caliber of content you create.

3. Don’t “go down the list.” Good conversations live and breathe and move, and not always predictably. For that reason, interview question lists must not be treated like checklists. Be careful not make each question too dependent on those prior. Take a breath, read the questions with new eyes and ask yourself if you’re painting yourself deeper into a corner with every one you draft.

After all, if having a good conversation requires bouncing all over the sheet — or inventing totally new questions on the fly — then so be it. As with #1 above, good interviews have momentum. Don’t do anything to kill it.

An oldie but goodie

Similar concepts are covered in our content research and interview playbook. It’s a few years old, but it still holds up and will take maybe a minute to read. Check it out!

You’re doing content right when your sales team wants to use it

Hot take: The marketing vs. sales rivalry is 100% pointless.

It’s so much better when the functions sustain a feedback loop that helps each perform its role.

Here’s what that looks like: Marketing uses the ground truth that sales collects to create more relevant, resonant messaging. Sales enlists marketing’s help to develop messaging that plugs knowledge gaps and answers questions they observe in their daily interactions.

The feedback loop closes more deals!

Senior strategist Grace Wright says it bluntly and well in the video above. “Marketing content isn’t just marketing content. It shouldn’t just go to the website to die.”

Organizations should strive to get more out of it than that.

Any chance we get to talk with our clients’ sales people, we jump at it. In addition to collecting that ground truth I mentioned, it’s also the chance to refine content strategy so it can produce other yields.

Ask: “How are you using the content we’ve made?” If they’re using it, how so?

The holy grail is a sales person relying on marketing content to do their talking for them while accelerating someone through the buying process. If that’s happening, it’s a sign you’re right on the money in terms of demonstrating an understanding of your audience’s pains, goals and questions.

(That understanding is best developed based on frequent interviews with subject matter experts — the whole point of this video series.)

Of course, it takes work to get there. The question is not always simply how are you using this?

Other questions to consider: “Does this messaging feel on-track to you? If it doesn’t, what are we missing? What questions do you keep hearing repeated? What can we make so that you can respond to all those repeat queries with an emailed link instead of the same 30-minute call again and again?”

That’s the feedback loop in action. Keep it fed and watered, and it sustains itself.

And about that dumb little rivalry?

What rivalry?

PODCAST: Going Global: How to Expand Your Reach & Revenue Internationally w/ Wendy Pease

Wendy Pease The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 86

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Companies that go international are 20% more profitable on average.

For most manufacturers, the only thing stopping them from reaping the rewards of going global is the fear of the unknown.

But with a little guidance, you can make sure your international ambitions don’t get lost in translation.

And there is no better guide than today’s guest, Wendy Pease, Owner of Rapport International, who joins the show to share her tips for going global.

Join us as we discuss:

  • How to decide where to do business internationally
  • The steps to break into a market in another region
  • The value of professional translation — domestically and abroad

Be sure to check out these resources:

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: How to Consumerize the Industrial Supply Chain w/ Todd Leebow

Todd Leebow The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 80

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Consumers adopt technology faster and adapt their behavior more readily than businesses do. How can we bring those positive consumer traits into manufacturing?

In this episode, I interview Todd Leebow, President/CEO at Majestic Steel USA, about consumerizing the industrial supply chain.

Join us as we discuss:

  • Traits of consumers that manufacturing should adopt
  • Why convention is the antithesis of innovation
  • What changes when we recognize that manufacturing is technology
  • Supply chain opportunities exposed by COVID

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

Maximizing your content marketing return on effort

How to test what resonates and double down

I’ve always been a big fan of repurposing content in different places.

If you wrote it for your website, why not break it down into smaller content for LinkedIn, your newsletter, etc?

But over the past year or two, I’ve reversed the order of content creation for any of these given channels. Here’s what I mean and why…

What I used to do:

  • Write a long blog post (5-8 hour commitment) that might have four subsections
  • Turn each of those four subsections into short-form LinkedIn posts
  • Summarize the blog post and turn it into an email newsletter (and then say “click here to read the full post on our website”)

There are certainly efficiencies here and I don’t discourage the approach. But I’ve learned that there’s a better way to do it.

What I do now instead:

  • Write lots of short-form LinkedIn posts (30-minute commitments each)
  • Observe which ones get significant engagement (comments, likes, reshares, etc.)
  • Turn those into deeper pieces of content for other media (like long-form blog posts, videos or podcast episodes)
  • Use those LinkedIn posts (almost verbatim) as my newsletter content

In the end, the volume of content I’ve created isn’t all that different. But my return on effort will improve significantly.

Let me offer three points to explain why:

1. Testing a variety of topics leads to better decisions

When I start with a long-form blog post, I’m likely investing 5-8 hours crafting something from scratch. I need a topic I’m confident about. Then I need to draft it, refine it, proof read it, optimize it and publish it.

Although plenty of these blog posts will perform well, inevitably some will also flop. And given the long-term nature of winning the SEO game, it’s also likely that many will never get the visibility they need to have an impact on my business.

Now let’s say I took that same 5-10 hours and instead wrote 10-16 short LinkedIn posts to publish over the next few weeks. Starting here lets me test a variety of topics and messaging to see which resonate with my audience. Then I can double down on the winners and invest more time into expanding on them.

Simultaneously, I’m steering away from spending my time with topics that will likely garner less interest.

2. Audience feedback strengthens the content

The likes, reshares and dialogue on my LinkedIn posts absolutely tell me what’s resonating.

But when smart people build on my posts with their comments or ask me questions that prompt me to go deeper, I’m also organically fleshing out the topic in a way that speaks directly to them.

3. I first meet my audience where they are

One of the biggest marketing revelations for me over the past few years is that that people want to consume content where they are. 

If you’re killing 10 minutes on LinkedIn between meetings or scrolling through your feed while you’re watching Monday Night Football, you’re probably not interested in clicking on a link someone posted, going to their website and reading their 1000-word blog post, right? At least not most of the time.

But short, text-based insights and 1-3 minute videos get consumed like crazy on LinkedIn.

So instead of putting my heavy lifting into the blog post (my platform), I’m first doing the hard work in the place where my audience is already consuming information.

If someone who fits our ideal customer profile engages with a video or written post right there on LinkedIn (or in an email or on Facebook or wherever), great! That’s amazing brand awareness. And it’s an opportunity to earn attention and build trust.

It doesn’t all have to happen on my website. Once I realized that, I started to reach a lot more of the right people.

Let’s end on a fun note

This exact article is an illustration of everything I’ve said above.

I’ll leave you with the actual LinkedIn post I originally published (see below), which collected 4800 views, 60+ likes and 20+ comments (some of which influenced what I wrote in this expanded version).

Side note:

I timed myself writing this blog post: 75 minutes start to finish. Not too shabby!

Your turn to go make it happen.

How (good) subject matter interviews build bridges

 

B2B industrial marketing programs depend on the knowledge our clients’ experts possess.

The technology required to automatically record everything in an engineer’s brain isn’t quite there yet, though, so we must mine for this information the old way: interviews.

Good strategy, good content, anything important in marketing — it starts with a conversation.

But even then, that’s only part of it. Because it isn’t just one conversation. It could be a handful. Dozens. Even hundreds.

And each one impacts real person-to-person connections. You can keep those impacts positive by considering the tactics below.

Logistical tips you should employ

If you’re going to make good content and intend to keep up the effort indefinitely, you’re going to need to interview experts. Follow these logistical tips to be sure you get the most value out of these conversations.

Be organized. Create a logical way to organize information. At Gorilla, we use Dropbox for ourselves and clients. As the volume of information you store grows, its search functionality becomes a massive time-saver. It’s also instrumental to our ability to maintain consistency in knowledge and quality even as personnel come and go.

Hit “record.” If you interview anyone, record it. Then, transcribe the recording. Transcription is helpful because (1) it makes interviews searchable, (2) it allows your future self or colleagues to read instead of listen, which is faster, and (3) it’s much easier to identify and grab testimonials or important quotes this way.

Take notes. And, save them to whatever information storage solution you choose. I treat my notes and my interview question list as the same thing, and it frees me to create a resource sheet where I record facts as I find them, link out to resources I encounter and sprinkle in questions when I believe an expert can fill in any gaps.

Why this legwork helps long-term

Obviously, collecting and managing information well helps build your knowledge and make it accessible to others.

But it also builds credibility. The ability to reference and apply prior-gathered information in an interview shows that you’re invested in a topic and want to grow in your understanding. It also lets you cut corners in a good way: A well-structured subject matter library gives you the chance to locate answers someone might already have given you. You avoid reinventing the wheel and ensure your subject matter interviews always stay productive. You create the impression in the minds of those you interview that you “get it.” You become a credible partner.

And when credibility is established, relationships flourish.

Subject matter interviews are a proving ground for assumptions

 

“I’m gonna make stuff up.” – Toby Wall, serious marketer

Don’t take my quote from the video out of context.

I’m the kind of learner who needs to poke and prod at a concept before I feel comfortable saying, “I get it.”

That’s why my subject matter interviews are rife with assumptions and hypotheticals and too many “what if” questions to count.

Interviewers: the audience’s surrogate

But this is far from a selfish learning exercise. Because surely some folks in the target audience of a content piece learn the same way I do. Surely they form assumptions the truth or falsehood of which strengthen their understanding of a topic.

When I put an educated assumption in front of an expert for them to affirm or shoot down, it’s as if I become every would-be buyer’s surrogate.

That’s pretty powerful.

But it also requires humility: I’m wrong in my assumptions at least as often as I’m right. If you’re an interviewer, don’t censor assumptions just because you fear being wrong. In this context, being wrong is great and should be cherished.

So, I’m gonna make stuff up.

After all, you know what happens when you assume?

You learn.

Simple ways to prep for subject matter interviews

Knowing all that rides on a subject matter interview, it’s common for marketers to suffer paralysis by analysis.

I need to be prepared. Have I read enough about this topic? Are my questions clear? What am I missing? Have I thought of everything?

With all these worries, it’s no wonder interviewers almost dread these conversations instead of look forward to them.

But it doesn’t need to be this stressful.

Why are you even having the conversation?

According to senior strategist Grace Wright, the first step in interview prep is awfully simple: Define the problem or question the conversation is meant to address.

If no problem or question can be articulated, cancel the call. Simple as that.

What’s the angle?

With the problem or question clearly defined, you should establish the angle. If defining the problem or question is “why,” then the angle is the “what” and “how.” It’s like taking the idea for a painting and turning it into a rough sketch.

That rough sketch can take the form of a content outline or a strategy brief; each is equally effective.

I think content outlines work better if you’re tackling “bigger” topics or are producing long-form written, video or audio content. Strategy briefs are just that — brief — and work well for smaller items like blog posts or case studies.

Prep better with these information sources

Here’s a no-nonsense rundown of great sources of information that’ll be helpful as you prepare.

  • Internet searches are everyone’s gateway, although they can be frustrating. If you don’t see what you’re looking for in the first page, go to the second. Then the third. Patience pays off.
  • Internal documents like sales decks, product specs, estimates, bids, drawings and even sales call recordings or transcripts.
  • Academic articles are easier to access than you think. Governments support troves of academic articles across their websites which are free to access. And if you have a library card, you probably have access to all manner of journals.
  • Court filings might seem like a weird source for information, but you’d be surprised at the amount you can learn just by reading why someone is suing someone else.
  • Wikipedia is unfairly saddled by the reputation our grade school teachers gave it. Its articles include linked citations, making it a superb venue for finding original sources.

Check in with yourself as you prepare

One of my favorite tactics during interview prep is to jot down what I do and don’t know.

Then, I zoom out from time to time to check in with myself. Am I finding answers to my questions? Are the answers spawning new questions? Do I see conflicting information across sources?

Be mindful and know that if you’re having a hard time during preparation, that in itself is a great question to ask your subject.

I’m not getting answers to these questions, or I’m seeing conflicting information. Why is that? What’s going on here? It could reveal important arguments or debates ongoing in an industry — and that’s content pay dirt as far as I’m concerned. And when your subject matter expert takes a bold stance on a matter of contention, it builds brand authority and fosters feelings of trust.

 

 

No room for vanity in subject matter interviews

One of the most common mistakes marketers make is treating subject matter interviews like a performance.

…as if we matter.

Well, we don’t.

And that’s a good thing! For you and for your marketing program. So…

Ask the stupid questions. Yes, there is such a thing as a dumb question. You must ask it anyway. (I even tell my subjects they’re about to hear a dumb question.) If you don’t, you risk missing out on key foundational knowledge. No shame! You’d be surprised at the rapport you can build by showing off your ignorance.

Stay in your lane. Your subject matter expert is smarter than you on the topic at hand. You don’t need to put yourself under pressure to seem like you’re on their level. You’re not. (Because they’re not on yours, either!) If you spend your energy fretting over how you’re perceived, you’re ignoring your primary duty: mining for information.

Know the “why.” You’ll be most successful when you’re clear why a conversation is happening in the first place. Senior Strategist Grace Wright recommends giving your interview subject a glimpse behind the curtain, too. This provides valuable framing your subject matter expert can use to package what they know in a way that you can use.

 

How to set the stage for productive subject matter interviews

I would argue that subject matter interviews are the essential way to understand any B2B industrial audience.

Independent research is great, but there’s no beating the information you get from a real person who speaks like your audience speaks, thinks how think and suffers the same problems they suffer.

But how do you make sure these conversations are productive?

It’s all about preparation. And, it’s all about throwing your preparation out the window.

Senior Strategist Grace Wright and I explain.

5 ways to make sure your subject matter interviews are productive

Send interview questions in advance. This journalism “no-no” is a content marketing “go for it.” It’ll help you know if you’re on the right track or off the mark. It can also help establish your credibility with an expert in advance. Finally, it can help your expert feel more comfortable if they’re not used to being interviewed.

Stay on your toes. Even if you send questions in advance, it’s no guarantee your subject has read them. Grace warns that you should always be ready to pivot if it turns out you swung and missed. The best antidote? Prepare. And when you’re done preparing, prepare some more.

Make room for nuance. I might ask only half the questions in an interview that I had prepared for. Why? Because complex topics contain lots of nuance. That’s why my question lists read more like a map with multiple viable routes. Good interview prep means knowing there are forks in the road — and being ready to go either way.

Listen and follow. The best subject matter interviews almost never follow the chronology an interviewer plans for. But sticking rigidly to the order your questions appear on a question list is a great way to throw yourself — and your subject — off the scent. Show some trust. Listen to your subject and follow where they lead you.

Keep your mission in mind. Subject matter interviews are means to an end but not an end in themselves. Grace says that the goal of a subject matter interview is to answer pressing questions or collect information that addresses pains or challenges you know your audience has.

Subject matter interviews build trust for better content

Look, if you had one shot or one opportunity
To seize everything you ever wanted in one moment
Would you capture it, or just let it slip?

Turns out, Eminem’s aspiring rap career and collecting subject matter information from technical experts for marketing content have more in common than we thought.

If you’re going to create content that directly addresses pains, goals or questions in your target audience, the best source material you can get will come from subject matter experts.

But as Senior Strategist Grace Wright and Content Director Toby Wall explain, the quality of the information you get in a subject matter interview is directly tied to how much (or how little) your interview subject trusts you.

That first call is make-or-break. You only get one shot.

What it takes to build trust

It’s not enough to sound good on the phone. Grace says that building trust with these key sources of information requires doing the legwork necessary to speak their language and understand their world.

It’s an exercise in empathy you must undertake long before the interview is scheduled.

Toby’s advice: Put yourself in your interview subject’s shoes and consider the ways they are vulnerable.

When they feel secure, they give you the goods.

And when you’ve got the goods, your content will shine.

A few perfect leads beats a high volume of bad ones

Common sense will tell you that a lower volume of high-quality leads beats a higher volume of low-quality leads any day.

Not only does is waste your sales team’s time to sort through and call on tens (or hundreds) of unqualified, low-intent leads every week that marketing is sourcing for them, but it destroys any trust that sales would ever have in marketing.

The result:

Sales and marketing diverge into silos that will never be in alignment, working as a team to achieve meaningful, revenue-focused business outcomes.

Despite all this, very few manufacturing organizations are patient enough to do the marketing groundwork that will attract and engage the right people from the right companies (who actually have buying intent). So things play out exactly as described above.

Here’s the shift that has to happen

Marketing needs to stop doing lead generation for the sake of lead generation.

Marketing needs to instead shift its attention to:

  • Focusing on the right people from the right companies
  • Learning deeply what matters to these people (triggers that lead them into the buying processes, issues they’re trying to address, outcomes they’re trying to achieve, questions they’re trying to get answered)
  • Create amazing content that addresses those things
  • Proactively and consistently distribute that content in front of these exact people in places where they already consume information online
  • In the process of doing so, earn attention, build trust and open the door to sales conversations when these people enter a buy cycle

Why demand generation is more powerful than lead generation

The terms “lead generation” and “demand generation” are often used interchangeably. But these are very different things (where the former is actually a subset of the latter).

Let’s break down the difference.

Lead generation

In essence, lead generation is about collecting email addresses. You tell me what type of person from what type of company you want to reach. I’ll find you contact information, so you can cold call them and try to sell them something.

In the early to mid 2010s, companies adopted the practice of publishing “gated content” (white papers, e-books, etc. that live behind forms on their websites) and asking for visitors to exchange their email addresses in order to download them. They’d then follow with a sales pitch.

The problem here is that a majority of these individuals have zero intent to buy. Not only is this a waste of time for a manufacturer’s sales team, it leaves a sour taste in the mouth of the “lead” (note that “lead” is intentionally in quotation marks here!).

What’s changed over past five years is that now you can spend a few thousand dollars with Zoominfo or Uplead (among probably 100 other services) and download email addresses today for your entire audience. So if you insist on calling a list, save yourself the time and go do it that way.

Demand generation

Demand generation, on the other hand, is about creating an appetite for your product or service (or even your category).

Rather than blasting bottom-of-funnel “buy from me now” sales messaging at everyone in your audience, hoping a few land, you focus on generating awareness, building trust and educating the buying-process influencers from the right companies.

The goal? When these individuals enter a buy cycle (which you can’t control, by the way), the idea is that they’ll think of you first. And they’ll already have positive association with your brand.

In summary, while lead generation is about collecting email addresses, demand generation is about:

  • Building a respected, trusted brand via thought leadership content
  • Establishing a clear point of view and brand narrative
  • Winning the long game

Can you tell which one we like better?

Manufacturers need to get back to marketing fundamentals

Transport yourself back to 2005. Google Analytics was brand new and all of a sudden, poof! We could measure marketing results in a tangible way.

From 2005-2010, digital marketing analytics became commonplace.

But from there, in many ways, things devolved.

The expectation emerged that because you can measure everything, you therefore should measure everything.

And as a result, companies started making bad decisions because they were optimizing their marketing programs for leading metrics like traffic and leads instead of optimizing for meaningful business outcomes like pipeline and revenue.

It’s time to start layering common sense on top of marketing data. And it’s also time to get back to core marketing fundamentals:

  • Deeply understanding who your customer is (at both a company and human level)
  • Crafting your brand narrative, value proposition and supporting content around the things that matter to those exact people
  • Learning where those individuals consume information online
  • Delivering your message to them in those places

Content distribution: what it means and why it matters

Amazing content that doesn’t get consumed is meaningless.

One of the biggest missed opportunities for manufactures that have invested in a meaningful content program is the distribution of those assets.

Distribution is about learning where your buyers spend time and proactively reaching them there (rather than waiting for them to find you).

Think about it this way:

Google is an intent channel. People go there when they’re looking for a solution (they have intent to buy). And when they’re looking for something that you can provide, you of course want to give yourself the best chance of being discovered.

However…

A vast majority of your audience is not in buying mode at any given moment in time.

So between now and whenever they do enter a buy cycle, it’s your job to earn their trust and attention by creating value for them.

This is exactly where paid distribution of content in social media channels comes into play.

Whether on LinkedIn, Facebook, Instagram or elsewhere, we can reach people with specific job titles from specific industries or even specific companies with specific interests.

Don’t get us wrong. We’re believers in SEO (search engine optimization) and Google Ads as well. But our objective is to reach the right people from the right companies before they ever go to Google to look for a solution in the first place.

How manufacturers can eliminate friction in the buying process

So often, companies will unintentionally put up walls that make it really challenging for their prospects to start a sales conversation.

Here are a few things that create friction:

Passive contact us buttons

So many manufacturers’ websites fail to call their visitors to action. They stick a passive “Contact Us” button in the top right corner of the website instead of placing “Request a Quote” buttons in context through their product pages.

Too many form fields

Do you really need to collect 18 data points from a website visitor through a form that takes them 10 minutes to fill out? Or can you just get their name, company name and contact info? They want to talk to you!

Too slow to reply to RFQ form submissions

Reply in minutes (or at the very least, hours). Not days. Your competitors have already won by then.

All of that considered, here are a few things that most manufacturers aren’t doing (but easily could) to eliminate buying-process friction:

Use a calendar booking app

Simple software applications like Calendly cost a few dollars per month and sync with your Outlook or G Suite calendar. Include a booking link on your website. Or send your prospect that link when you reply to the RFQ form submission.

Trial a live chat

Not an automated chatbot. Live chat. With a real person that has a heartbeat. It’s inexpensive. It’s easy. It’s human.

Talk about pricing:

We’ve covered this topic in depth in this video. In short, be as transparent and detailed as you possibly can about how you price your products or services.

At the very least, give a range and explain the differences between the high and low ends. Talk about a typical timeline to achieve positive ROI. Talk about total cost of ownership. If you don’t, someone else will. Control that narrative yourself.

Why manufacturers need to talk about pricing on their websites

Whether we like it or not, we’re all conditioned as consumers in this era to see pricing for anything we want to buy.

Yet in the B2B manufacturing world, companies constantly put up barriers that hide pricing information from future customers.

This happens for two reasons:

  1. Their products are big-ticket items with lots of potential configurations
  2. They don’t want their competitors to see their pricing and undercut them

We argue that these reasons are just excuses.

Consider this:

When you do list your pricing on your website, you invite a conversation with the prospect, you build trust and you set expectations.

When your don’t list your pricing, your buyers are just going elsewhere to figure it out anyway. And their first stop is probably your competitor’s site.

No matter what you sell – whether it’s a commodity or a big ticket, custom, complex solution, your prospects still care about the price. Price sensitivity will vary – I get it. But they still care.

So here are some ways to talk about pricing without physically listing $126,499.99:

1. Give a range

If your product usually costs between $50K and $150K, set those expectations. You’ll weed out price shoppers who will just waste your sales team’s time. And you’ll further qualify those who can actually afford your solution.

2. Explain the differences between the $50K and $150K version

Your answers to pricing questions probably often start with “Well, it depends.” So explain what changes as your buyer spends more.

3. Compare to the alternative

How’s your solution different from what your prospect is used to? When will he or she see a positive ROI? What’s the total cost of ownership (TCO)? Maybe they’ll pay 50% more for your product now, but it’ll last 10 years longer than your competitor’s.

Let’s stop beating around the bush and make it easy for our buyers to buy.

Stop talking about features and benefits (and start building brand equity)

Most of your audience is not in a buy cycle at this exact moment in time. They might be next week or next month or next year. But until then, they’re not interested in listening to you talk about the features and benefits of a product they don’t need right now.

So focus your marketing communications on what does matter to the right people from the companies that you need to reach and influence.

Then construct your brand narrative around that.

Think about:

  • How your team’s knowledge and expertise can help your current and future customers grow and succeed in their respective jobs
  • How you can shed a positive light on your industry or lift up your product category
  • How you can be the best guide and resource in your space

This is how you build a brand that people trust and respect. And it’s what sets the stage for those future customers to make you their first phone call when they do enter a buy cycle.

Case study: building a marketing program for a cable assembly manufacturer

About the client and why they came to us

Multi-Tek is an engineering-driven custom cable assembly manufacturer based in Portland, Oregon. They approached us in 2020 with three key goals they were looking to accomplish:

  1. Improve and scale their inbound pipeline of qualified, high-margin opportunities
  2. Diversify their customer base to be less dependent on a few flagship customers
  3. Implement their first true, sustainable marketing program

Challenges to overcome

Any new client engagement presents its challenges. In this case, we knew we were up against the following:

First, Multi-Tek looked like a generalist. No strategic brand narrative articulated who specifically they helped and how they created value for those companies. This undifferentiated messaging was failing to reach and capture the attention of the right people from the right companies, leaving Multi-Tek with a high volume of low-quality leads (most of which had little-to-no buying intent).

Second, Multi-Tek’s website was your classic brochure. Lots of “I, me, my, we, us, our”. Very little “you”.

We knew that in order to earn and sustain the attention and trust of their core audience, we had to flip that messaging on its head and speak to the buying triggers, problems, questions and goals of their audience.

Our solution

As we do for any client, we began by speaking directly to a handful of Multi-Tek’s customers to learn about their buying processes, how they evaluated solutions and partners, what mattered most to them in their jobs and so on.

Compiling our findings, we crafted positioning language (as represented on this Who We Help and How page) to guide their outward-facing communications. We then disseminated this customer-centric messaging throughout a total website relaunch that involved design, copywriting and development. Here’s a quick scroll through of some key pages:

 

While developing the new website, we guided Multi-Tek through the process of planning and implementing a thought leadership content program, entirely focused on the customer.

Part of this content implementation involved bringing a professional videographer on site and filming Multi-Tek’s subject matter experts teaching about the topics that matter most to their core audience.

Here’s one example from this set of these videos:

You can find a variety of both written and video content that we helped the client produce here in Multi-Tek’s learning center.

With a sharp brand narrative in place and a base of customer-centric, problem-solving, question-answering content now at our disposal, it was time to proactively go out and get in front of the right people from the right companies.

We had two jobs to do on this front:

  1. Capture demand where it already exists
  2. Generate demand in front of the rest of Multi-Tek’s total addressable market

Consider this key point:

A majority of any B2B manufacturer’s future customer base is not actively buying at any specific moment in time. They will be at some point. But that may not be for another week, month or year.

So among the small percentage of Multi-Tek’s audience who is currently in a buy cycle, we need them to discover our client and understand very clearly how Multi-Tek can help them get where they’re trying to go.

But simultaneously, among the vast majority of their audience who isn’t currently seeking a solution, we need Multi-Tek to establish themselves as the best resource possible by teaching, educating, creating value, and in the process of doing so, positioning themselves as the expert in their category. By doing this, Multi-Tek will be the obvious first phone call when those individuals do enter a buy cycle.

To address the first of those two jobs (capturing existing demand among active buyers), we focused on what we call “intent channels” like Google. People go to Google when they’re actively looking for a solution:

To address the latter (companies that fit Multi-Tek’s ideal customer profile, but aren’t necessarily in a buy cycle), we focused on targeting these individuals where they already spend time online and creating value for them there.

In this case, we learned that we could reach the Senior Mechanical Engineers, Design Engineers, Mechanical Design Engineers, Electro Mechanical Designers, etc inside of categories including Electrical Manufacturing, Industrial Automation and Machinery via paid demand generation campaigns on LinkedIn.

Here’s a screen shot of a customer audience we designed in LinkedIn Ad Manager:

linkedin custom audience build

Because these technical professionals carry the most influence in the buying process, we knew we had to reach them early – before they ever went to Google to look for a solution.

Here’s an example of content we deployed to reach these specific individuals.

We effectively told LinkedIn, “Show this content to people with these job titles from these types of companies in these geographic regions with these interests.”

Results to date

At the time of publishing this case study (late 2021), all signs are pointing in the right direction.

A few notable wins so far:

  • We’ve transformed the marketing mindset from low-intent lead generation to high-intent demand generation, focused on marketing-sourced pipeline
  • We’ve built a demand generation machine that helps Multi-Tek effectively track, measure, and optimize sales and marketing alignment for streamlined revenue operations
  • We’ve improved both month-over-month and quarter-over-quarter performance using data to guide what marketing levers to pull

There’s been a steady increase in our existing customer business, as well as getting enough qualified leads from Gorilla’s marketing efforts that I haven’t really had to spend a lot of time prospecting or looking for new business.” – John Ferguson

 

Quick take: Talk to your customers

Second-hand knowledge from sales isn’t enough. A checked box on a customer survey isn’t enough.

You need real-life conversations with your customers.

At least if you want to gain insights that will make a tangible impact on your marketing efforts.

Content Director Toby Wall and Senior Writer Mary Tomlinson share easy-to-implement tips gleaned from hundreds of hours of interviews conducted over the years.

Make these conversations smoother (and more informative) by:

  • Getting background intel on their role. That way you won’t waste precious minutes confirming demographic details — and instead can hit the ground running with what matters to them.
  • Demonstrating empathy and giving credence to their pain points. When you give any interviewee space to talk about frustrations or sticking points in their role, you stand to gain a ton of great contextual information about their world.
  • Regularly summarizing your understanding of what they’re explaining to you. This isn’t about being right or wrong; this is about making sure you’re hearing them and learning more of the thinking behind their decision making.

Like anything worth doing, customer interviews aren’t the simplest marketing task to pull off. But just a few short, well-executed conversations can make a world of difference in your marketing strategy.

Make Content for Your Audience – Not for Google w/ Grace Wright & Aaron Weekes

Grace Wright Aaron Weekes The Manufacturing Executive podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 62

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

If your content strategy starts with whether there’s keyword search volume around your SEO terms, you’re starting at step five.

Here’s step one: conduct customer interviews to learn what they value and prioritize.

In this episode, I interview Gorilla 76’s own Grace Wright and Aaron Weekes, both Thinker and Strategist, about creating winning content that starts with customers, not keywords.

In this episode we discuss:

  • Making your customer’s success the object of your content
  • Getting the right messages to the right people
  • Providing one of these three qualities: best, first, or different
  • Starting your content strategy with the right questions (lots and lots of them)
  • Forecasting the future of SEO tactics

Grace Wright can be reached at: https://www.linkedin.com/in/grace-wright-76940312a/ 

Aaron Weekes can be reached at: https://www.linkedin.com/in/aaronmichaelweekes/ 

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

Deep dive: conducting customer research

Just as a house built on sand won’t stand the test of time, marketing conducted without insights from your customers won’t be nearly as impactful to your business’s brand perception, sales pipeline and, well, your bottom line.

In this discussion with Content Director Toby Wall and Senior Writer Mary Tomlinson, these two veterans share why customer research is critical to your marketing endeavors and the risks of not engaging with your buyers. (Can you imagine designing a new website without understanding your unique value proposition in the eyes of your customers?)

They also share time-tested tips on how to actually conduct research such as:

  • Starting the conversation in their world. Diving right into your product features and benefits is a good way to alienate the interviewee and make the interview about you — which isn’t your goal.
  • Routinely testing your assumptions. It doesn’t matter if you’re right or wrong, but what does matter is you get to find out why.
  • Getting to the emotional crux of pain points. At the center of every business problem is a frustrated individual who wants something better for their company. This is your chance to hear those nuggets of insight.

You’ll walk away prepared to have meaningful conversations with your customers — and ready to build the foundation of your marketing plan.

Quick take: Dig deep during customer interviews

Supply chain issues. Engineering roadblocks. Unresponsive service.

At a 30,000-foot level, customer pain points tend to center around the same terms you’ve heard over and over again.

Customer interviews are a much-needed chance to dive deeper.

Content Director Toby Wall and Senior Writer Mary Tomlinson discuss how to dig deep in customer interviews and go beyond the buzzwords.

Ask for information like:

  • Real-life examples of this high-level problem
  • Context surrounding the problem — pressing deadlines, production demands, changes in personnel, the whole nine yards
  • Rippling effects on the rest of the business so you understand not just the challenge, but what’s actually at stake

The benefits of gaining these insights and understanding the full scope of the problem? More impactful content that makes your potential customers say, “That sounds like me.”

PODCAST: Get Started w/ Data Collection & Robotics Today w/ Aaron Prather

Aaron Prather The Manufacturing Executive podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 61

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Data collection, automation, robotics — these are things reserved for the budgets of the biggest companies out there, right? 

Wrong. Anyone can do it with one simple trick:

Just get started.

That’s the simple advice shared by our latest guest, Aaron Prather, R&D evangelist for FedEx Express, who is deeply passionate about both topics — and if you don’t believe me, just check out his LinkedIn. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • The benefits of data collection, automation and robotics for your business
  • Why you don’t need to fear robots stealing your jobs
  • Why success in either involves getting started and employee input

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Show, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

PODCAST: The NFL Draft, The NBA Draft and … The Manufacturing Skills Draft? w/ Dr. Jason Scales

Jason Scales The Manufacturing Executive podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 60

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

You’ve probably heard about the infamous skills gap in manufacturing — a problem only made worse by the pandemic. 

It has the potential to affect our lives in profound ways; even our national security is at stake.

And if we expect to solve it, we need to get creative — like, say, starting a nationally-televised Skills Draft?

That’s one of the creative solutions today’s guest, Dr. Jason Scales, Business Manager, Education at Lincoln Electric, proposes to avoid the coming skills depression.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • Why COVID widened the skills gap
  • What a Skills Draft is and why it could change the national culture around high-skilled employment
  • What manufacturers should be doing to help today’s youth get excited for — and see a viable future in — the industry

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Show, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

PODCAST: Why We’re Proud to Be Manufacturers & Engineers w/ Tony Gunn

Tony Gunn The Manufacturing Executive Podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 59

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

At first, his entry into the manufacturing industry was out of a need for survival. 

But it quickly grew into a passion to encourage those who want to become a better version of themselves to embrace the hope, pride and success to be found in manufacturing.

In this episode, I interview Tony Gunn, general manager at MTDCNC Global and founder and CEO at Your Tea of Life, about his amazing career trajectory from being kicked out of three colleges to entrepreneurship.

In this episode we discuss:

  • How manufacturing equips us to create our own futures
  • Tony’s discovery of his passion for learning and creating
  • Why manufacturing is such a welcoming and uplifting career
  • 3 stories about struggle, success and advocacy

Check out these resources we mentioned during the podcast:

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player.

PODCAST: Diversity in the Manufacturing Sector w/ Andrew Crowe and Justin Sherman

Andrew Crowe Justin Sherman

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 58

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

The manufacturing sector is desperate for more diversity in gender, generation, race, ability and other underrepresented populations.

Quite frankly, the situation is dire. Your business won’t survive unless you create a more diverse and inclusive culture, both organization- and industry-wide.

In this episode, I interview Andrew Crowe, founder of the Elevate Institute of Advanced Manufacturing and Justin Sherman, founder at Equity Machine Works SPC, about attracting young, diverse talent in manufacturing. 

Here’s what Andrew, Justin and I talked about:

  • The extreme numbers that show the need for diversity in manufacturing
  • The strong connection between culture and diversity
  • Strategies to attract young folks to a manufacturing career
  • What leaders of diverse teams should and shouldn’t do
  • First steps in how to grow a more diverse team

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player.

PODCAST: Add a Powerful Human Element with Video Messaging w/ Ethan Beute

Ethan Beute The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 57

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Video messaging is not just a new technology to learn, it’s a way to connect with human beings that aligns better with how people prefer to communicate these days. 

It allows you to lead with your very best asset — yourself. 

In situations where face-to-face sales meetings are not always possible, recording a video allows others to take in your message when it’s convenient for them, builds a feeling of psychological proximity, and offers more personalized interaction than a wall of text. 

On this episode of The Manufacturing Executive, we connect with Ethan Beute — chief evangelist at BombBomb, author, and host of The Customer Experience Podcast — and discuss all the ways in which using video messaging in your business can increase trust, make complex issues more digestible, and boost customer relations with humanization.

Here’s a sneak peek:

  • Getting into the routine of utilizing video messaging helps you develop a healthy habit of gratitude
  • A video message is the modern day handwritten note when used as a thank you or encouragement message
  • The Video Adoption Guide is the fastest way for you and your team to get going (and keep going!) with personal video messages
  • Overcoming the initial technology barrier can be challenging, so begin with simple, heartfelt messages like thank you, congratulations, and job well done 
  • Rehumanize Your Business: How Personal Videos Accelerate Sales and Improve Customer Experience, by Ethan Beute and Stephen Pacinelli

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or our website.

PODCAST: Mining Customer Insights From Search Data w/ Derek Mabie

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 56

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

You know you need clearer insight into your customer to build better products or deliver more valuable services. One way to get that insight is by listening to your sales and customer service teams. What are they hearing firsthand?

But there’s another source of insight that you might not have thought about — search data. What can you learn from the words your prospects and customers type into Google or YouTube before they decide what to buy?

In this episode of The Manufacturing Executive, Derek Mabie, former president and partner at Evolve Digital Labs and founder of ClickScore.io, talks about how real human beings search for and buy products online.

Here’s what Derek and I discussed:

  1. What you can learn from the search confessional
  2. Tools and tactics you can use to process search information
  3. How to marry qualitative and quantitative data to get fresh insights

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or our website.

PODCAST: Problem-Solving Digitization w/ Adam Keating

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 55

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Manufacturing got left behind as the software industry progressed rapidly over the years. It’s time to catch up, and innovators like Adam Keating make it possible.

As the co-founder & CEO at CoLab Software, Adam embraces the engineering approach of problem-solving. His team enables 2D and 3D CAD collaboration which has changed the game for manufacturing businesses, especially in the last 18 months.

What we talked about:

  • Adam’s Hyperloop adventures and the emergence of CoLab Software
  • Manufacturing is catching up on the 20 year lead held by the software industry
  • Examples of businesses that are thriving since embracing collaborative manufacturing technology
  • Digitization strategy for the sake of it vs. the intent to solve tangible problems

Check out these resources we mentioned during the podcast:

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or our website.

PODCAST: Restoring Dignity and Glory to Manufacturing w/ John Kramer and Marc Braun

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 54

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Would you rather focus on people or profitability in your business? 

You can’t have it all. 

But maybe you can…

Maybe people and profitability go hand in hand, and each makes the other stronger. 

In this episode of The Manufacturing Executive, I talk with John Kramer, chairman & CEO at Cambridge Air Solutions, and Marc Braun, president at Cambridge Air Solutions, about what it means to restore glory and dignity to manufacturing through both culture and business practices. 

We also talked about:

  • How to build a culture that celebrates people
  • How profitability fits in with a people-first culture 
  • How to adapt to crises in a way that cares for people and drives business forward

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or our website.

Deep dive: how to define marketing success as a manufacturer

I’ve worked with enough B2B manufacturers over the last 10+ years to say with confidence that most don’t really know how they should define “success” in marketing.

I’m also confident that this uncertainty stems from the fact that most of these organizations — whether they’re OEMs, contract manufacturers or distributors — are largely sales-centric organizations that haven’t historically invested much (if anything at all!) in marketing.

In fact, to many in this camp,  the word “marketing” is synonymous with trade show support, print ads, brochures and making the website look nice. So the idea that marketing could produce any kind of meaningful business result isn’t even on their minds.

Taking it a step further, those who do attempt to measure marketing success are usually dialed in on the wrong things — mistaking KPIs like Google rankings, traffic and “leads” for business outcomes.

So let me make this simple for you:

Marketing success = marketing-sourced pipeline.

If marketing is not contributing to meaningful business outcomes, why are we doing it at all?

In this video, I take you through the following:

  • Why your North Star success metric should be marketing-sourced pipeline
  • How to use marketing KPIs like the ones mentioned above in the context of the bigger business outcomes you’re trying to achieve (instead of using them as the end-all-be-all)
  • Why trying to measure everything often forces companies to make bad long-term decisions
  • What you should be doing during the first year to set yourself up for a marketing program that will source pipeline over the long term

PODCAST: How Technology is Changing the Manufacturing Game w/ Dr. John Mitchell

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 53

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

There’s this perception that manufacturing jobs are dirty and dangerous. 

But in the modern era of manufacturing, that perception is changing as jobs are becoming more and more rooted in technology.

In this episode of The Manufacturing Executive, I talk with Dr. John Mitchell, president & CEO at IPC, about the move from “dirty and dangerous” manufacturing to high-tech manufacturing. 

We also talked about:

  • How IPC is using education to transform the negative manufacturing perception 
  • How manufacturers can realize the benefits of AI
  • What manufacturers need to be thinking about when it comes to scaling
  • What’s going on with semiconductors right now 

Check out these resources we mentioned during the podcast:

Subscribe to The Manufacturing Executive on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or our website.

PODCAST: Manufacturing’s Past, Present and Future w/ Jim Carr

Jim Carr The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 52

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Remember fax machines? They were going to revolutionize the way we did business. Then came dial-up modems and email. Now, our customer gives us a CAD file. We can create a tool path in a snap.

Like technology, organizational culture has completed several revolutions in a single lifetime. The speed of those revolutions is increasing, and manufacturing transforms every five years. 

What’s coming next?

In this episode of The Manufacturing Executive, Jim Carr, president at CARR Machine & Tool, Inc., talks about how manufacturing is evolving in both culture and technology.

Here’s what Jim and I discussed:

  1. Jim’s family history in the manufacturing space
  2. The effects of culture and technology changes on manufacturers
  3. How to get everybody in your company working toward the same goals

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player.

PODCAST: Perspectives on Automation, AI & the Future w/ Andy Lonsberry

Andy Lonsberry The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 51

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

If the Wright brothers lived in the 21st century, they might be the Lonsberry boys. Andy Lonsberry earned his Ph.D. by researching machine learning and artificial intelligence for bipedal walking robots. His brother focused on biologically spiking recurrent neural networks.

Together, they dived deep into allowing nonlinear systems to learn how to improve themselves. Then these two Ohio boys and their autonomous robot traveled to the west coast in search of funding. The trio came home with $15 million.

In this episode of The Manufacturing Executive, Andy Lonsberry, founder and CEO at Path Robotics, an AI robotics software company, talks about how the midwest houses the future of robotics.

Here’s what Andy and I discussed:

  1. How Path Robotics got its start
  2. Uncovering automation talent in the midwest
  3. How machine learning and AI are starting to change the manufacturing game

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player.

PODCAST: Bring 5 Million Manufacturing Jobs Back to the U.S. w/ Harry Moser

Harry Moser The Manufacturing Executive podast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 50

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

If we want to balance America’s $800 billion trade deficit, we need to bring manufacturing jobs back to the U.S. — 5 million manufacturing jobs to be exact.

The ancillary benefits would be enormous. We’d reduce CO2 emissions 40%-50%, slash the budget deficit, improve unemployment, and bolster national defense.

What’s stopping us? 

In this episode of The Manufacturing Executive, Harry Moser, founder of the Reshoring Initiative, talks about his mission to bring 5 million manufacturing jobs back to the U.S. 

Here’s what Harry and I discussed:

  1. Why the U.S. needs its manufacturing jobs back
  2. What Harry’s Total Cost of Ownership calculator can tell executives about the benefits of reshoring
  3. How reshoring can help eliminate the trade deficit 

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player.

PODCAST: Filling the Skills Gap One Student at a Time w/ Matt Guse

Matt Guse The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 49

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Baby boomers are retiring. Manufacturing is booming in 2021. And emerging generations aren’t considering careers in the field. 

There just aren’t enough people to do the jobs that need to be done.

How will manufacturers fill the skills gap boomers are leaving behind them?

In today’s episode, I talk with Matt Guse, president at MRS Machining Company, about an actual manufacturing operation happening within the walls of a Wisconsin high school.

Here’s what Matt and I discussed:

  1. How Matt launched, funded and supported his competition
  2. The benefits of inserting a manufacturing operation into a high school
  3. Why interest in manufacturing has declined among young people and how to change that trajectory

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player.

PODCAST: Measuring Marketing Success in Manufacturing w/ Joe Sullivan

joe sullivan the manufacturing executive podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 48

Listen to this episode here or on Apple PodcastsSpotifyStitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

How do you define marketing success? 

Many manufacturing organizations are sales-centric. They may not even support a marketing department beyond a content team. Consequently, they don’t measure marketing success. 

But if you’ve taken things a step further, you’ve probably discovered how convoluted a measurement system can be.

In today’s episode, I, Joe Sullivan, share my thoughts about how to straighten out your marketing success measurement system. 

I dive into topics such as:

  1. Defining your terms
  2. Which KPIs matter most
  3. The danger of growing near-sighted with your marketing

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player.

PODCAST: Working On the Business, Not In the Business w/ Paul Van Metre

Paul Van Metre The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 47

Listen to this episode here or on Apple PodcastsSpotifyStitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

A lot of companies are started by people who are experts in their craft, but are not great at building companies. 

But how do you learn to let go of the day-to-day? How do you, as a founder, learn to focus on developing repeatable and scalable business processes in order to grow and scale your business successfully? 

On this episode of the Manufacturing Executive, I sit down with Paul Van Metre. Paul is the co-founder of ProShop ERP, and our conversation on this episode centered all around:

  • Why focusing on repeatable and scalable processes is the ONLY thing that’s going to grow your business
  • Why you should be working ON the business, not IN the business
  • The process of evolving from a machine shop into a software business

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player.

How commanding the sales CRM unlocks your marketing strategy

One thing that’s given me a lot of mileage in my career is my ability to work out of CRMs.

For many industrial companies, this is still a massive struggle. I’ve seen and worked with too many companies that have whiffed on the transition from opaque information on Excel spreadsheets to clarity on their revenue operation.

It’s not really anybody’s fault. Tech companies dump extensive systems in your lap. You don’t know how to work it. You put your IT guy on the case. He can certainly work in and around the platform but isn’t always business-minded enough to know what he should be creating for you.

Your marketing is no different when it comes to CRMs. For industrial companies pouring money into a CRM for the first time, the ability to have clarity on the effectiveness of your marketing is a major advantage to making smart decisions.

But where do you start?

This is where marketers and executives in manufacturing fall woefully short. Focused a lot on the content or the campaign and less on the conversion paths and the sales funnel. If executives want to truly see how effective their marketing is, and if marketers ever want to progress out of the marketing manager position to the director or VP level, your game in a sales CRM will need to raise up.

Fortunately, I’m here to guide you on just this challenge. While everyone has a variety of names for this (marketing-sales alignment, revenue operations, sales enablement, etc.), what it boils down to is understanding the mechanics of your sales motion and how marketing contributes to it.

Understand that, and then you’re able to back out the data and create real goals and key performance indicators for yourself.

I usually break this down into three parts:

  • Conversion paths (literally, forms)
  • Reporting and dashboards
  • Sales opportunity mechanics

Mastering these will give you a substantial leg up on your peers most of the time. 

Conversion paths

As an executive, something to keep in mind as you scrutinize or ask questions about your marketing:

Not all form submissions are created equal. 

Why? Well, a quote request or contact us submission will always hold higher sales-intent value than an ebook form or webinar registration. 

Two of those forms show a willingness to talk to a member of your organization, the others are people trying to educate themselves — partially about you but partially about a topic they feel deficient in.

Have empathy for that.

I want to focus on the sales-intent conversions. Here is normally the motion I see companies go through:

Production manager completes a quote form, asking about how your solution might fit on their line. Marketing passes it off to your territory rep. Your territory rep is in Salina, Kansas all day doing an installation or a presentation. Internet connection is non-existent. He sees the request come through when he gets back to his hotel at 6 p.m. Fires off a well intentioned but late email some seven hours later. And the person forgot they even asked for a quote in the first place.

This is one of those friction-killing scenarios I’ve watched play out my entire career.

It doesn’t have to be this way.

As a marketer, you need to own this as well. You should not allow more than an hour to pass before a 1-to-1 follow-up on a high-intent conversion. Ideally, you would even use a calendar app to let a prospect book time with you to discuss their specific needs. 

calendar booking appThat’s not a one-size-fits-all approach, however. Consider how consultative your sales process is. The more consultative and customized, the better a fit you are for a calendar booking tool.

Here are the questions that need to be asked and answered in regards to conversion paths:

  • What happens after a person fills out the form? 
  • Who owns it?
  • What does follow-up look like?
  • What is the follow-up timeline?
  • What are next steps after follow-up?
  • What’s the criteria for moving them to sales-qualified?
  • When does a qualified lead become an opportunity?

Document this stuff for your marketing and sales team. This should be part of any service level agreement your revenue team makes. 

You should know who is getting assigned the lead and what they are supposed to be doing upon assignment.

Have command over this, because this has consequences down the line as you get into reporting. Each of these three steps are made to build upon one another. 

Reporting and dashboards

Too many marketers struggle with reporting, and largely it’s because they try to make a mountain out of molehill.

Go for simplicity in your reports and dashboards. You likely only need to show your executive team about four or five reports to demonstrate your impact on the business. The rest can be qualitative. After all, you’re telling the story of your marketing’s impact, not just the data.

With that said, understanding the reports your executive team is looking at from a revenue standpoint will be a massive help to help you align your marketing strategy to their overall goals.

It’s the same if you are an agency. Align to the revenue goal, and let the goal drive the strategy and then the tactics.

Dave Gerhardt calls this the GST Framework — goals, strategy, tactics.

If you have not operated out of a sales CRM before (a la SalesForce), here’s a few things you need to identify quickly and why:

  • What data is being collected on the executive dashboards? Why?
  • What does pipeline and closed won look like last month/quarter/year?
  • What is the marketing- and sales-sourced breakdown of said pipeline?
  • What does the close rate look like marketing- vs. sales-sourced? 
  • What does marketing-sourced pipeline look like split by conversion?
  • How many quote (or demo) requests have you gotten the last 12 months? How many turned to deals?
  • What is the breakdown of direct/organic/paid opportunities?

There’s a lot to unpack here so I’ll start high level and work down.

The data collection is important because it deserves scrutiny. You should also identify in this reporting what marketing filters your executive team uses (i.e., deal source, etc.).

Scrutinize this. If they’re only collecting, for instance, website leads when you could segment further, you should provide that feedback and do a review of that data to get more granular insights.

Pipeline is self-explanatory, but let me state you should look at pipeline in a variety of ways to serve as a baseline and to help set KPIs. You should be breaking out pipeline by month, quarter and year so you can see where the marketing-sourced pipeline has been and where you need to be.

One month’s prior data doesn’t tell the story. One quarter prior doesn’t either. Not even one year! In totality, they all give you a barometer of where you should be aiming based on your company’s desired growth rate.

I would look at a month back to see how it stacked up with the lag of marketing activities. A quarter’s worth of data will tell you how a campaign has or is performing (or multiple campaigns), and a year tells you how the program as a whole is doing. Divide that year up by 12 and by four see how it aligns to your last month and last quarter. This will give you a good idea of where you need to prioritize things.

Close rates are where expectation setting takes place. Again, this largely depends on your organization:

  • Are you distributor-focused?
  • Do you have inside sales?
  • Full-cycle sales?
  • Is full-cycle sales in-house or remote?

All of these will impact positively and negatively close rates, along with a variety of other factors, such as the criteria by which you log opportunities and progress them through the funnel.

Split close rates by marketing- and sales-sourced. This will tell you what expectation to set for your executive team. If you see a large disparity between marketing- and sales-sourced close rates, dig deeper to see why that is happening. Is it a lack of resources on your end? Poor campaign management? Poor sales motion follow up? Is your strategy all wrong? This is something there’s no magic potion for, but scrutinize, ask questions and try new things to get a lift.

I look at sales intent conversion over everything else. Demo requests, quote requests, free trials and even contact us forms to me all hold higher value over a content download or a webinar registration. And that’s because that person is raising their hand and wanting to be contacted by your sales team (or wanting to use your product).

So track these against non-intent conversions. This is a process called splitting the funnel, and it’s eye-opening to see how high intent leads progress versus low intent. Look at the high intent conversions and track them using a funnel dashboard to see how many of those form submissions became deals versus content downloads. 

You’ll probably see a multiple greater efficiency tracking those high intent conversions through. That will inform your efforts greatly moving forward and tell you where to prioritize. But it’s also a baseline to let you know how many of those high intent conversions you need to produce the revenue metrics you’re scored on.

For instance, if you produce 12 quote requests per month, take 25% into an opportunity, and close 40% of those opportunities, this is what you’ll need to produce to hit a marketing-sourced revenue goal of $1 million if your product on average is $75,000:

  • 12 quote requests per month = 144 per year
  • 25% on average to deal = 36 marketing-sourced deals per year
  • 40% on average close rate = 14 deals closed per year
  • $75k average deal amount = $1.05 million per year marketing-sourced revenue

Track this in your reports. Dashboard this. Make sure your executive team has visibility on it.

And for gosh sakes, manage up here. Have command over what’s happening and be able to explain courses of action for when things aren’t firing on all cylinders and ways to pour gas on it when it is.

Master your sales CRM, and you can master your marketing metrics.

Knowing the breakdown of direct vs. organic vs. paid is simply a way to look at where to place bets. It’s not a teller of the entire story, however. Paid ads — be it Facebook, LinkedIn or YouTube — all influence revenue in direct and organic channels. It simply isn’t something that attribution can cleanly capture. 

My suggestion is to do a simple line chart showing the amount spent in paid ads with the amount of pipeline generated. There should be correlation there within six months. But clean attribution isn’t something I recommend striving for or you’ll be biased towards decisions that may not serve your interest long term. Pay per click and paid social are completely different animals in intent and execution. In truth, you need both and an organic content arm. 

Sales opportunity mechanics

You may be shocked to hear this, but not every company has a great grip on their sales process.

example sales motion after a quote request form

Most reps hate SalesForce. Most reps don’t update it. Most reps don’t know or care about why things need to be logged or documented the way they are.

But you don’t have to fall victim to that if you don’t want to.

I like to understand the mechanics of a sales opportunity because it helps me understand how to market to a prospect before they ever are in an opportunity in the first place.

What you want to understand more than anything is the following:

  • What does each deal stage represent in the sales process?
  • What are the exit criteria from one stage to the next?
  • How are stage progressions documented?

If you sell multiple products or have multiple product lines with distinct ideal customer profiles, getting this information at a more granular level is even more important.

exit criteria for deal stages

One thing I recommend doing here if you have time is looking at each stage of the deal by product group if necessary and clearly defining with your sales team what exactly moves a deal from one stage to the next.

If, for instance, they need BANT (budget, authority, need, timing) known before doing an in-person visit, then you can help to establish that in the quote process — either directly on the form or in between the quote request and quote submittal via a follow up to establish some of those key pieces of information.

You can also frankly allow for your content to educate a prospect so ensure that a majority of prospects who come through meet that BANT requirement. That would mean writing content around pricing if you don’t have a pricing page already, discussing lead times very clearly and crafting a “who we help and how” page that will help weed out bad fit clients.

All that makes sure your lead flow and that first sales motion is more productive than not.

Why knowing the sales CRM matters

This is all about commanding authority and building trust and relationships with your peers. It’s easy to make content, run campaigns and stack low-intent leads without giving thought about where that translates downstream with revenue.

The difference between being in that leadership position with your marketing and constantly taking a backseat to sales is knowing how your efforts translate to revenue.

Without being able to command the sales CRM to tell the story of your efforts, you’ll be spinning your marketing wheels forever and not allow your program to take that next step toward getting more personnel, increasing budget and working as a revenue team with sales hand in hand.

Now go get that SalesForce license and start making it happen.

Ready for marketing to produce a real business impact?

If your sales CRM can’t capture a lick of your marketing’s impact on the bottom line, you my friend are not alone.

It’s simply a matter of knowing what metrics matter and which don’t. And trust me, there’s a lot of marketing metrics that don’t matter. At all.

And some of them are from the same marketing tech vendors that have been brainwashing you for years.

Want the truth served cold? Consider a Road Map with the Gorilla team. We start with a front-end content strategy and build the demand generation engine on the back of it, building your company’s brand and getting that marketing-sourced revenue engine purring.

And if you want, contact me anytime on LinkedIn. Happy to talk and dish on marketing and your business. It’s what I love to do!

Finish strong in the meantime.

PODCAST: Options for Ownership Transitions in Manufacturing w/ Chris Redmond

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 46

Listen to this episode here or on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Are you prepared to exit your company?

Many business owners haven’t thought about transitioning from their position of leadership. But it’s inevitable that you’ll hand over the keys to your business one day. 

When that day comes, will you know what your options are?

In today’s episode, I talk with Chris Redmond, senior vice president at Capital For Business, about transitioning ownership or leadership of an industrial enterprise.

Here’s what Chris and I discussed:

  1. Three different approaches to private equity investment
  2. How to differentiate your company for prospective buyers
  3. Where owners seeking outside investment should start

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player.

PODCAST: Custom Machine Vision & Robotics Solutions w/ Jonathan Berte

Jonathan Berte The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 45

Listen to this episode here or on Apple PodcastsSpotifyStitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Mass production alone is not enough. We all want customized products. 

Twenty years ago, it was easy. Educate your workers about your single, unique product. In a world driven to customization, however, no worker can learn 400 different products. No *human* worker, that is. 

But a digital worker might. Could robotic camera vision streams be the solution?

In today’s episode, I talk about building custom machine vision and robotics solutions with Jonathan Berte, founder at Robovision.ai.

Here’s what Jonathan and I discussed:

  1. His personal journey into the vision component of robotics
  2. How AI’s vision is advancing right now
  3. The most important applications of AI in the manufacturing process

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player.

PODCAST: Building a Manufacturing Community Online w/ Sam Gupta

Sam Gupta The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 44

Listen to this episode here or on Apple PodcastsSpotifyStitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

If you want to build thought leadership around a product category, you need to create a community. The longer your sales cycle and the more complex your product, the more critical your community.

But how do you build a community around your product and not around yourself?

In today’s episode, I talk about the keys to success on social media with Sam Gupta, host, community builder and founder at WBSRocks.

Here’s what Sam and I discussed:

  1. What an online community is
  2. Different platforms for building community online
  3. Focusing on your audience’s problems — not your product

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify, or here.

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player.

What is in a voice: What ‘voice’ means and why companies care

This is the first in a four-part series on brand voice in the written word, audio, video and design.

Voice underlays the foundation of commercial communications. 

It guides the way writers engineer a message to impress upon the reader a desired perception of your company and products. 

People say Earnest Hemingway’s prose was terse, Robert Frost’s verses conversational and Truman Capote’s descriptions dazzling. But how would people describe what John Deere, The Korte Company and Zappos.com sound like, and why should they care?

Developing and consistently implementing a distinct voice can build unique connections with customers, fostering emotional incentives to buy your products and services like a child to a Happy Meal.

Consistent representation builds cultural persona

William Strunk Jr. and E.B. White define voice in their classic writing guide, “The Elements of Style.”

Writers, regardless of form or function, use language to convey something about themselves [your company] to the reader, such as their spirit, habits, capacity and biases.

A company’s voice shapes the culture audiences perceive them to have. That perception influences their predictions about what working with the company will be like.

As Ann Handley describes in “Everybody Writes,” a brand’s voice is an expression of personality [company culture] and point of view. “It’s a key differentiator for a company that takes the time to develop it. (And not many do. So you have an opportunity there!)”

Company character building

Before you open a new text document, ask, how do I want the reader to feel about my company after they read this? Next ask, what company traits can we convey to make them feel this way? Practically every stylistic choice can be based on these questions.

Marketers often reference the archetypal hero’s journey plotline, as implemented in stories like “Spider-Man: Into the Spider-Verse,” and “The Lord of the Rings,” all the way back to “The Epic of Gilgamesh.”

Companies position themselves as guides, helping the hero of the story [the customer] to fulfill their mission of solving a problem

But Gandalf was a lot more to Frodo than just a guiding hand. Characters need personality traits, core motivation, unique worldviews. Much of this is already spelled out in company mission statements and core values, but the challenge is to bring it all to life in every phrase you write.

Example: The Korte Man

One of our long-standing clients at Gorilla 76, The Korte Company, uses two words that guide how its messaging is crafted: sophisticated grit. This phrase permeates the spirit of everything the company puts out to the public.

This sophisticated grit is personified in a character I like to call The Korte Man — a persona loosely based on the values, attitudes and experiences of Ralph Korte, the company’s founder. Ralph was known for such quips as, “I’d rather drive nails than eat.”

The Korte Man is an encapsulation of Ralph’s hammer-swinging spirit. He wears a white helmet, dirty work boots and a button-up shirt with rolled sleeves. He sounds like Sam Elliot and his hands are rough like Paul Bunyan’s. He swings a hammer as well as he can read a blueprint. He’s the kind of leader his small army of subcontractors gladly follows, come what may.

This spirit was already present when G76 co-founder Jon Franko took on the account as its first copywriter. Gorilla 76 Content Director Toby Wall has helped develop it after he took over the account four years ago.

The Korte Man’s voice evolved from their print advertisements, where his terse, choppy style was well fit for the medium.

“Print is dead, but the voice has stuck,” Toby says.

Toby took The Korte Company’s voice from print advertising and helped apply it across all of the company’s messaging as its marketing strategies matured and its goals became more ambitious.

“[The Korte Man’s messaging] used to be all brand, all voice, all the time,” Toby says. “Now, by necessity, it’s hard facts, details, complex solutions to prickly problems, guidance the audience needs to make the decision that’s right for them. The Korte Man is still talking, but he has to talk about a lot more stuff.”

“Print is dead, but the voice has stuck.”

Composition of voice

In her essay “On Voice” from the collection “Telling True Stories,” journalist Susan Orleans breaks voice down into two basic components, pacing and word choice.

Pacing

Orleans explains properly manipulated pacing is a critical component of voice, used to subliminally alter the mood of a passage. 

Pacing can make or break a good joke as well as a dramatic scene. The rhythm of your words can build like a drum beat, each syllable another rap on the snare, raising the reader’s anticipation. Then, the punch line, perfectly timed. Maybe it brightens someone’s day. Maybe it breaks their heart. 

Think of the music that plays before the jump scare in a classic horror movie. That same tension can be portrayed through the length of sentences. Start with a long sentence like a violin crescendo slowly rises, building anticipation for an abrupt ending that releases the tension in a burst.

Consider how Edger Allan Poe’s “The Raven” uses pacing to add levity to the end of his passages, transitioning from a long sentence to a short, punchy, conclusive ending.

Clasp a rare and radiant maiden, whom the angels name Lenore?

Quoth the Raven, “Nevermore.”

How does the impact change when the phrase is worded, “May I see Lenore? Quoth the raven, ‘You shall not see her anymore.’” 

Ending with the longer sentence reduces the weight and gives the phrase a more playful feeling than readers would expect from the likes of Poe.

Poe’s readers expect his writing to be on brand, and so do your customers. 

Your overall pacing speaks to the character of your company. Short, tight sentences indicate a professional, all-business manner, but it also comes off as stiff and unfriendly if the length of sentences isn’t varied to some extent. 

On the other hand, long, drag-on sentences can indicate that your company is unfocused, undisciplined and could be difficult to work with.

These literary principles are used in advertisements that cap off descriptive commercials with catchy one-line kickers like De Beers’ “A diamond is forever” or “America runs on Dunkin’.”

The Korte Man’s pacing is what I like to call “cowboy staccato.” Like John Wayne, he keeps things to the point. 

His rhythm has a horse trot quality: dadun, dadun, dadun. 

Infrequent incomplete sentences are calculated for effect — a tactic Toby believes is most effective when used sparingly. 

Word choice

Ahava Leibtag, author of “The Digital Crown,” recommends picking three or four adjectives that best describe how your company benefits every customer.

Does your company place more emphasis on being reliable or fast? The accompanying language reflecting those traits can be very different.

A company like online retailer Zappos places great value in being perceived as reliable and conscientious, while also wacky and fun. Everything you read from the company reflects that. 

So when a software glitch caused a major pricing error, their apology letter read more like a note from a peppy co-ed softball coach than a corporate apology by referring to the glitch as “our little hiccup.”

This playful, familiar voice is also present on the company’s job page, where little casual turns of phrase help applicants know what to expect when they apply to a position “in the ‘City of Sin.’ Yep, Las Vegas, Nevada.” 

The simple use of the term “yep” portrays the Zappos culture more effectively than most mission statements.

Using the right words is equally important as avoiding the wrong ones.

Using the wrong words in a social context can alienate potential customers. Implementing the wrong words on technical matters can leave customers feeling like you’re not the subject matter expert they need.

That’s why it’s important to use terms that express what your company has to offer within the language of the demographics in your customer profiles. Marketers may recognize this as the “voice of customer” model.

While many writing guides caution the use of colloquialisms, if the majority of your customers come from a particular region, culture or zeitgeist, using slang and phrasing that they identify with could make you stand out among competitors. However, don’t drown your prose in style at the expense of clarity and make your voice an annoying cliché.

Reading familiar language makes it more likely for people to identify with your content, relating it to aspects of their lives that go deeper than their job title, which will help instill brand loyalty.

For example, when The Korte Man “speaks,” you’ll hear about honesty and fair dealing. You’ll hear about working hard and giving back. When he says he builds for customers as if they were his own neighbors, he means it.

 

In other words, his fallback zeitgeist is Midwestern nice. But how does that square with the company’s national customer base?

Relating to the wider market

Making your company’s character unique yet widely relatable is a matter of good judgment and even better balance.

When writing for The Korte Company, Toby says it’s important not to overemphasize regional flair. As such, you’ll never see The Korte Man try to score points for style if he’s got something educational to say. He’ll speak in brass-tacks terms but won’t dumb down information because his audience includes facility managers and engineers responsible for multimillion-dollar projects. They know their stuff. 

Toby says that’s why, even though it’s so specific, The Korte Company’s voice nonetheless works across a wide audience. “If buyers don’t see themselves in the history or in the geography or the demographics, they do see themselves in the work.”

As a result, The Korte Company has earned its audiences’ respect; with his cowboy staccato, The Korte Man shows he knows his stuff, too.

In the long term, The Korte Man’s voice will come to mind the next time a regional VP of logistics needs to contract for a Design-Build distribution center erected with Tilt-Up concrete panels.

Listen to your customers

There are multiple ways to home in on the language of your customers, such as customer interviews and analyzing how consumers talk about your products on social media.

Consider the pace at which they write or speak and note recurring key terms, then reflect what you’ve learned in your writing. 

  • What problems are they attempting to solve when they consider purchasing one of your products and how do they talk about them? 
  • What emotional states can you expect of them during the buying phase? 
  • Do they readily recognize and refer to your brand names or do you need to be more generalized?

The mood of your reader will affect the words they connect with. An anxious person is more likely to respond to aggressive language. And a calm person will be more likely to respond to pleasant prose that doesn’t harsh their mellow.

Think about if your product is intended to solve a frustrating problem, meaning your buyers are probably not in the best of moods. Or, is your product something customers generally only consider when finances are in the black, meaning they may be in better spirits?

Brand positioning (snuggling into hearts and minds)

Everything consumers hear from your company affects how it’s positioned in their minds, whether or not it’s a part of your positioning strategy.

Al Ries and Jack Trout teach in “Positioning: The Battle for Your Mind” the concept of positioning yourself in a comfortable and familiar place within a customer’s mind. This allows your words to break through in an overcommunicated world and your product to stand out in an overcrowded marketplace.

Write to relate your product to something that potential customers already hold dear.

For example, “Tractors are green, cattle are black.”

It was penned by an agriculture equipment dealership and livestock genetics company formerly under the Sydenstricker’s Implements umbrella. 

Sydenstricker wants farmers to think of John Deere when they hear tractor and Black Angus when they hear cattle, just like people ask for “Kleenex” when they need a tissue. 

By leading with the general terms, those who have strong attachments to tractors and cattle are more likely to pay attention than starting with company-specific language like, “Syndenstricker’s sells green tractors.”

The slogan positioned Sydenstricker’s products deep in the mind by attaching their products’ physical characteristics with a widely familiar bit of poetry, “Roses are red, violets are blue.” 

While the slogan relates to a flowery poem, the language is direct and to the point, fitting for the personalities of many farmers and ranchers.

Everything consumers hear from your company affects how it’s positioned in their minds, whether or not it’s a part of your positioning strategy.

Spread voice across media

A single slogan can be forgotten, but the consistent feeling customers get when they tune in to your content won’t easily fade away. 

That’s why you need to expand your voice strategies throughout all of your company communications, internal and external, as well as maintain traits of this company character in every speaking engagement, web layout and multi-media project your company undertakes.

Not every medium will require the same stylistic choices. A white paper should inherently be a more straightforward voice than what would be appropriate for a sharable Facebook post, but it should still feel like your company character is behind every word.

They think about how your company character would phrase a message, rather than think in their own voice with their unique habits. This process can also be a useful way to solve writers’ block, Toby says, because team members can get out of their heads.

Consider putting together a company style guide with elements of the voice outlined so every team member has fast access to an essential resource that won’t be impacted by staffing changes.

In our next series installment, we’ll see how written voice practices apply to the spoken word. Many of the same principles and strategies can be carried over but need to be fine-tuned to fit the specific requirements of the medium, whether it’s podcasting or public speaking.

Build a chorus

While creating a consistent public-facing company voice is important, it shouldn’t limit the voices of your employees and subject matter experts.

Jon says the overall value of a company is supplemented by the unique perspectives and qualities of its employees, so their voices should be celebrated as well. 

The challenge for company leaders is adding all of the voices within a team to a chorus that creates a richer overall message. 

Encourage your team members to build upon the voice of your company by putting their own ideas and contributions on display in a way that supports your positioning strategy. 

Expand upon your company’s online learning center by having team members write about the challenges they’re experiencing and what new solutions could improve the lives of their peers and customers.

Develop your voice and put it to work

The ability to create a compelling company voice and then put it to work is an essential tool in any well-rounded industrial marketing toolbox.

When it’s sharpened up, you’ll be equipped to share what you know and what you do with a growing audience that feels a genuine connection.

And as your audience grows, so builds your pipeline.

PODCAST: Amplifiers of the workforce: The future of robots in manufacturing w/ Ryan Lillibridge

Ryan Lillibridge The Manufacturing Executive

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 42

Listen to this episode here or on Apple PodcastsSpotifyStitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Robots have been around since Mamie Eisenhower presided over the White House.

But recent advancements in robotics have helped bring automated workers out of big automotive companies and into mainstream manufacturing.

Are the robots coming for your team’s jobs? How should manufacturers determine whether or not to add a robot?

In this episode, Ryan Lillibridge, director of business development at Mission Design & Automation, discusses the impact of robotics in the manufacturing sector.

Here’s what Ryan and I talked about:

  1. The biggest changes happening in robotics
  2. How to evaluate when adding a robot makes sense
  3. Are robots an opportunity or a threat?

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, or Spotify. 

Listening on a desktop & can’t see the links? Just search for The Manufacturing Executive in your favorite podcast player.

PODCAST: Leading by Listening w/ Joe Molesky

Joe Molesky The Manufacturing Executive Podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 41

Listen to this episode here or on Apple PodcastsSpotifyStitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Don’t think. Just make parts. 

Ever had a manager tell you that when you offered a suggestion for process improvement? 

Leaders’ words carry weight and affect people. They can affect how you think about your employer and even change your career forever.

In today’s episode, Joe Molesky, vice president of operations at MultiSource Manufacturing LLC, discusses why people feel the way they do about your company and the simple keys to changing it.

Here’s what Joe and I talked about:

  1. Why canned lean tools don’t work
  2. Listening to your customers and to your team
  3. What people-first leadership really means

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: Creating a Well-Designed Sales Playbook w/ Kevin Roach

Kevin Roach The Manufacturing Executive podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 40

Listen to this episode here or on Apple PodcastsSpotifyStitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

If you have a defined sales process, you’re ahead of 50% of the manufacturing companies out there. But without one, you can’t measure efficacy or deliver maximum value to your customers. Your organization will suffer.

Why is it so hard for manufacturers to draft a sales playbook? And what’s the right solution to this problem?

In today’s episode, I discuss creating a sales playbook for manufacturers with Kevin Roach, President at Harpak-ULMA Packaging

Here’s what Kevin and I talked about:

  1. Ways to align your sales process with the buyers’ journey
  2. Why OEE and TCO need to be part of the sales conversation
  3. How to overhaul the way you go to market with your sales team

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: The Brightest Generation: New Leadership in Manufacturing w/ Paul Brauss

Paul Brauss The Manufacturing Executive podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 39

Listen to this episode here or on Apple PodcastsSpotifyStitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

The younger workforce in manufacturing is looking for more out of leadership. In particular, millennials want to know why the organization is doing what it’s doing. And they want a voice in their company’s continuous improvement.

How can we embrace the energy, curiosity, and brain power that younger members of the workforce are bringing with them?

In today’s episode, I talk about the generational transition in leadership with Paul Brauss, CEO Blue Line Technology and author of Dare to Improve Your Legacy. 

Here’s what Paul and I discussed:

  1. What the new generation of workers means for manufacturing executives
  2. How to move from top-down leadership to a team-centered approach
  3. Why a production plant is one of the single best marketing tools a company has

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: Building Trust Through Webinars w/ Matt Sciannella

Matthew Sciannella The Manufacturing Executive Podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 38

Listen to this episode here or on Apple PodcastsSpotifyStitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Audio is huge right now. Podcasts are part of that, of course, but so are webinars. The unique magic of the webinar lies in its interaction. Your viewers can ask questions or offer ideas during the event.

Most companies just use webinars to sell products. But if you create a webinar with no agenda other than helping your audience do their jobs better, you can win big in the long term.

In today’s episode, I talk about how to make magic with webinars with Matt Sciannella, thinker and strategy director at Gorilla 76

Here’s what Matt and I discussed:

  1. How your webinars could be capturing a larger market share
  2. What to do a webinar about
  3. Making the most of a digital live-event

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: Not By Accident: Risk Management for Manufacturing Executives w/ Van Carlson

Van Carlson The Manufacturing Executive Podcast

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 37

Listen to this episode here or on Apple PodcastsSpotifyStitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Risk management isn’t an accident. If we’re going to survive, then we have to plan for unforeseen events. Like 2020… and 2021. 

But you can’t insure everything, and rate increases seem to be hardening. What can manufacturers do to manage risk more effectively?

In today’s episode, I talk with Van Carlson, founder and CEO at Strategic Risk Alternatives. Van brings to the conversation more than 25 years of experience in insurance. He focuses on solving client risks through risk alternatives and management. 

Here’s what Van and I discussed:

  1. What manufacturers can do about the increase in traditional insurance premiums
  2. How to prevent gaps in risk management strategies
  3. The risk management tools available to manufacturers

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

PODCAST: Thinking like a Marketer: Reframing the Sales Mindset w/ Chris Luecke

The Manufacturing Executive Podcast Chris Luecke

The Manufacturing Executive: Episode 36

Listen to this episode here or on Apple PodcastsSpotifyStitcher or Google Podcasts.

powered by Sounder

Manufacturers love trade shows. But for a year, we’ve had to do without them. Plus, shows may never come back the way they once were. How can manufacturers create content, build relationships, and generate leads without shows?

In today’s episode, I talk with Chris Luecke, podcast host and community builder at Manufacturing Happy Hour. Chris offers a full plate of both strategic advice and down-and-dirty tactics about how sales-focused organizations can think more like marketers.

Here’s what we discussed:

  1. Why videos and podcasts are great ways for manufacturers to build relationships
  2. How sales professionals can improve results with micro marketing
  3. Ways manufacturers can leverage LinkedIn in a meaningful and impactful way

Resources mentioned:

To ensure that you never miss an episode of The Manufacturing Executive, subscribe on Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

Loading, Please Wait